# Alan Mortensen , 2018-20, 23. Gennemgået og nyoversat # i 2018, så dokumentationen og programmet passer sammen. Også ændret til Unicode. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GIMP-Help 2.6.0\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-02 21:33+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-05 17:33+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Alan Mortensen \n" "Language-Team: none\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/web.xml:51(None) src/using/web.xml:190(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/preparing_for_web1.png'; md5=11d5c27af559069d9b21880736e85160" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/web.xml:123(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/preparing_for_web2.png'; md5=bdb201b090a081a6d325c249a5086d29" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/web.xml:233(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/preparing_for_web-alphatransparency.png'; md5=78b0d6bf6995eeaec2b2d0e41878dd05" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/web.xml:14(title) msgid "Preparing your Images for the Web" msgstr "Forbered dine billeder til nettet" #: src/using/web.xml:17(primary) msgid "Web" msgstr "Nettet" #: src/using/web.xml:18(secondary) msgid "Images for the web" msgstr "Billeder til nettet" #: src/using/web.xml:21(para) msgid "" "One of the most common uses for GIMP, is to prepare images for web sites. This means that images should look " "as nice as possible while keeping the file size as small as possible. This step-by-step guide demonstrates how to create small " "files with minimal loss of image quality." msgstr "" "GIMP bruges meget til at forberede billeder til websteder. Billeder til brug på nettet skal tage sig så godt " "ud som muligt, mens filstørrelsen holdes så lille som muligt. Denne trin for trin-vejledning viser, hvordan man laver små filer " "med minimalt kvalitetstab." #: src/using/web.xml:31(title) msgid "Images with an Optimal Size/Quality Ratio" msgstr "Billeder med et optimalt forhold mellem størrelse og kvalitet" #: src/using/web.xml:32(para) msgid "" "An optimal image for the web depends upon the image type and the file format. Use JPEG " "for Photographs because they usually have many colors and great detail. An image with fewer colors, such as a button, icon, or " "screenshot, is better suited to the PNG format." msgstr "" "Hvad, der er et optimalt filformat, afhænger af billedtypen. Brug JPEG til fotografier, " "fordi de ofte indeholder mange farver og detaljer. Til knapper, ikoner, skærmbilleder og andre billeder med få farver er PNG-formatet bedre egnet." #: src/using/web.xml:43(para) msgid "First, open the image as usual. I have opened our Wilber as an example image." msgstr "Åbn et billede som sædvanligt. Her er valgt et billede af Wilber som eksempel." #: src/using/web.xml:48(title) src/using/web.xml:186(title) msgid "The Wilber image opened in RGBA mode" msgstr "Billedet af Wilber åbnet i tilstanden RGBA" #: src/using/web.xml:57(para) msgid "" "The image is now in RGB mode, with an additional Alpha channel (RGBA). There is usually " "no need to have an alpha channel for your web image. You can remove the alpha channel by flattening the image." msgstr "" "Billedet er nu i tilstanden RGB og indeholder desuden en alfakanal (RGBA). Sædvanligvis " "behøver dit billede til nettet ikke en alfakanal. Du kan fjerne alfakanalen ved at forene " "billedets lag." #: src/using/web.xml:64(para) msgid "" "A photograph rarely has an alpha channel, so the image will open in RGB mode rather than RGBA mode; and you won't have to remove " "the alpha channel." msgstr "" "Det er sjældent, et fotografi har en alfakanal, så billedet vil åbne i tilstanden RGB og ikke RGBA, og der vil derfor ikke være " "nogen alfakanal at fjerne." #: src/using/web.xml:70(para) msgid "" "If the image has a soft transition into the transparent areas, you should not remove the alpha channel, since the information " "used for the transition is not be saved in the file. To export an image with transparent areas that do not have a soft " "transition, (similar to GIF), remove the alpha channel." msgstr "" "Har billedet en blød overgang til de gennemsigtige områder, skal du ikke fjerne alfakanalen, da informationen om overgangen da " "ikke vil blive gemt i filen. For at eksportere et billede med gennemsigtige områder, som ikke har en blød overgang (som f.eks. " "GIF), fjernes alfakanalen." #: src/using/web.xml:82(para) msgid "" "After you have flattened the image, export the image in the PNG format for your web site." msgstr "" "Efter at billedets lag er blevet forenet, eksporteres billedet i PNG-formatet til dit websted." #: src/using/web.xml:91(para) msgid "" "You can export your image in the PNG format with the default settings. Always using maximum compression when creating the image. " "Maximum compression has no effect on image quality or the time required to display the image, but it does take longer to export. " "A JPEG image, however, loses quality as the compression is increased. If your image is a " "photograph with lots of colors, you should use jpeg. The main thing is to find the best tradeoff between quality and " "compression. You can find more information about this topic in ." msgstr "" "Du kan eksportere dit billede med standardindstillingerne for PNG-formatet. Anvend altid maksimal komprimering, når billedet " "oprettes. Maksimal komprimering har ingen betydning for billedkvaliteten, eller hvor lang tid det tager at vise billedet, men " "det tager længere tid at eksportere. Derimod vil høj komprimering af et JPEG-billede " "medføre tab af kvalitet. Du bør bruge JPEG til et fotografi med mange farver. Det gælder om at finde en balance mellem kvalitet " "og filstørrelse (dvs. komprimering). Du kan læse mere om emnet her: ." #: src/using/web.xml:107(title) msgid "Reducing the File Size Even More" msgstr "Reducér filstørrelsen endnu mere" #: src/using/web.xml:108(para) msgid "" "If you want to reduce the size of your image a bit more, you could convert your image to Indexed mode. That means that all of " "the colors will be reduced to only 256 values. Do not convert images with smooth color transitions or gradients to indexed mode, " "because the original smooth gradients are typically converted into a series of bands. Indexed mode is not recommended for " "photographs because after the conversion, they typically look coarse and grainy." msgstr "" "Vil du reducere filstørrelsen af dit billede lidt mere, kan du konvertere det til indekserede farver. Det betyder, at antallet " "af farver reduceres til 256. Konvertér ikke billeder med bløde overgange eller farveovergange til indekserede farver, fordi de " "bløde overgange typisk ændres til en række bånd. Indekserede farver kan ikke anbefales til fotografier, fordi de efter " "konvertering typisk vil se grove og kornede ud." #: src/using/web.xml:119(title) msgid "The indexed image" msgstr "Det indekserede billede" #: src/using/web.xml:126(para) msgid "" "An indexed image can look a bit grainy. The left image is Wilber in its original size, the right image is zoomed in by 300 " "percent." msgstr "" "Et indekseret billede kan se lidt kornet ud. Til venstre ses den oprindelige størrelse af billedet, og til højre er det zoomet " "300 %." #: src/using/web.xml:135(para) msgid "Use the command described in to convert an RGB image to indexed mode." msgstr "Se i , hvordan et RGB-billede konverteres til indekserede farver." #: src/using/web.xml:141(para) msgid "" "After you convert an image to indexed mode, you are once again able to export the " "image in PNG format." msgstr "" "Når billedet er konverteret til indekserede farver, kan det atter eksporteres til " "PNG-formatet." #: src/using/web.xml:152(title) msgid "Saving Images with Transparency" msgstr "Gem billeder med gennemsigtighed" #: src/using/web.xml:154(primary) msgid "Transparency" msgstr "Gennemsigtighed" #: src/using/web.xml:155(secondary) msgid "Exporting images with transparency" msgstr "Eksportér billeder med gennemsigtighed" #: src/using/web.xml:157(para) msgid "" "There are two different approaches used by graphic file formats for supporting transparent image areas: simple binary " "transparency and alpha transparency. Simple binary transparency is supported in the GIF " "format; one color from the indexed color palette is marked as the transparent color. Alpha transparency is supported in the " "PNG format; the transparency information is stored in a separate channel, the " "Alpha channel." msgstr "" "Filformater understøtter gennemsigtige områder i billedet via en af to forskellige metoder: enkel binær gennemsigtighed og " "alfagennemsigtighed. Enkel binær gennemsigtighed understøttes i GIF-formatet; én farve i " "den indekserede farvepalet markeres som den gennemsigtige farve. Alfagennemsigtighed understøttes i PNG-formatet; information om gennemsigtighed gemmes i den separate alfakanal." #: src/using/web.xml:169(para) msgid "" "The GIF format is rarely used because PNG supports all the features of GIF with additional features (e.g., alpha transparency). " "Nevertheless, GIF is still used for animations." msgstr "" "GIF-formatet bruges sjældent, fordi PNG understøtter alle funktionerne i GIF og har flere til (f.eks. alfagennemsigtighed). GIF " "bruges dog stadig til animationer." #: src/using/web.xml:177(title) msgid "Creating an Image with Transparent Areas (Alpha Transparency)" msgstr "Opret et billede med gennemsigtige områder (alfagennemsigtighed)" #: src/using/web.xml:181(para) msgid "First of all, we will use the same image as in the previous tutorials, Wilber the GIMP mascot." msgstr "Vi bruger samme billede som i de foregående vejledninger, nemlig GIMP-maskotten Wilber." #: src/using/web.xml:196(para) msgid "" "To export an image with alpha transparency, you must have an alpha channel. To check if the image has an alpha channel, go to " "the channel dialog and verify that an entry for Alpha exists, " "besides Red, Green and Blue. If this is not the case, add a new alpha channel from " "the layers menu; LayerTransparencyAdd Alpha Channel." msgstr "" "For at kunne eksportere et billede med alfagennemsigtighed skal der være en alfakanal. Åbn dialogen Kanaler og se, om der ud over rød, grøn og blå er en post med alfa. Er der ikke det, tilføjes en ny alfakanal via LagGennemsigtighedTilføj alfakanal." #: src/using/web.xml:209(para) msgid "" "The original XCF file contains background layers that you can remove. GIMP comes with standard filters that " "supports creating gradients; look under FiltersLight and Shadow. " "You are only limited by your imagination. To demonstrate the capabilities of alpha transparency, a soft glow in the background " "around Wilber is shown." msgstr "" "Den oprindelige XCF-fil indeholder baggrundslag, som kan fjernes. GIMP indeholder standardfiltre, som " "understøtter oprettelse af farveovergange; de findes under FiltreLys og skygge. Du begrænses kun af din fantasi. For at demonstrere, hvad man kan opnå med alfagennemsigtighed, vises en " "blød glød i baggrunden rundt om Wilber." #: src/using/web.xml:221(para) msgid "" "After you're done with your image, you can export it in PNG format." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med billedet, kan du eksportere det i PNG-formatet." #: src/using/web.xml:229(title) msgid "The Wilber image with transparency" msgstr "Billedet af Wilber med gennemsigtighed" #: src/using/web.xml:236(para) msgid "" "Mid-Tone Checks in the background layer represent the transparent region of the exported image while you are working on it in " "GIMP." msgstr "" "Mellemtonetern i baggrundslaget repræsenterer det gennemsigtige område i det eksporterede billede, mens du arbejder på det i " "GIMP." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:36(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/stretch-shrink-cursor.png'; md5=edadb8b7d447b4f283c904702df0f125" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:240(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-to-brush.png'; md5=ee2f4dd55ec8221baacb5184f952efdc" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:283(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/create-brush1.png'; md5=04bdf0569fe27c94aac81cedd2fe7a1c" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:292(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/create-brush2.png'; md5=937190f69002ba6542c178388fdd171a" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:301(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/create-brush3.png'; md5=aac61f023cbd31e279920995eadbbbdf" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:8(title) src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:11(secondary) msgid "Changing brush size" msgstr "Ændr penselstørrelsen" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:10(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:10(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:32(primary) msgid "Brushes" msgstr "Pensler" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:13(para) msgid "Since GIMP 2.4, all brushes have a variable size that can be changed." msgstr "Siden GIMP version 2.4 har alle pensler variabel størrelse, som kan ændres." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:19(title) msgid "How to change the size of a brush" msgstr "Sådan ændres penslens størrelse" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:20(para) msgid "You can change the brush size in several ways:" msgstr "Du kan ændre penslens størrelse på flere måder:" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:25(para) msgid "" "Using the Size slider of the tool options. Pencil, Paintbrush, Eraser, Airbrush, Clone, Heal, Perspective " "Clone, Blur/Sharpen and Dodge/Burn tools have a slider to vary the brush size." msgstr "" "Ved brug af størrelsesskyderen i værktøjets indstillinger. Værktøjerne blyant, pensel, viskeklæder, " "airbrush, kloning, reparation, perspektivkloning, sløring/skarphed og lysne/mørkne har en skyder til at variere penselstørrelsen " "med." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:32(title) msgid "The Size slider" msgstr "Størrelsesskyderen" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:42(para) msgid "By using the default shortcut keys for changing a tool's size:" msgstr "Ved brug af standardgenvejstasterne til ændring af et værktøjs størrelse:" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:46(para) msgid "Decrease size by 1: [" msgstr "Formindsk størrelsen med 1: [" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:49(para) msgid "Increase size by 1: ]" msgstr "Forøg størrelsen med 1: ]" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:52(para) msgid "Decrease size by 10: {" msgstr "Formindsk størrelsen med 10: {" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:55(para) msgid "Increase size by 10: }" msgstr "Forøg størrelsen med 10: }" # standard er lidt overflødig #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:61(para) msgid "By using the default mouse scrollwheel actions for changing a tool's size:" msgstr "Ved brug af musens rullehjul til ændring af et værktøjs størrelse:" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:65(para) msgid "Decrease size by 1: CtrlAltScrollwheel Down" msgstr "Formindsk størrelsen med 1: CtrlAltrullehjul ned" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:69(para) msgid "Increase size by 1: CtrlAltScrollwheel Up" msgstr "Forøg størrelsen med 1: CtrlAltrullehjul op" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:77(para) msgid "By programming the mouse wheel:" msgstr "Ved at programmere musehjulet:" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:79(para) msgid "" "In the main window of GIMP, click on EditPreferences." msgstr "" "I GIMPs hovedvindue klikkes på RedigérIndstillinger." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:88(para) msgid "" "In the left column of the new window, select Input DevicesInput Controllers." msgstr "" "I venstre side i det nye vindue vælges InputenhederInputstyreenheder." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:97(para) msgid "" "You can see Additional Input Controllers, with two columns: Available Controllers " "and Active Controllers." msgstr "" "I højre side vises Flere inputstyreenheder med to kolonner: Tilgængelige styreenheder og Aktive styreenheder." # Det er ikke en knap og den er ikke oversat #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:104(para) msgid "In the column Active Controllers, double-click the Main Mouse Wheel button." msgstr "I kolonnen Aktive styreenheder dobbeltklikkes på linjen Main Mouse Wheel." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:111(para) msgid "Then, you see a new window: Configure Input Controller." msgstr "Et nyt vindue åbnes: Indstil inputstyreenhed." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:115(para) msgid "In the left column Event, click Scroll Up to get it highlighted." msgstr "I kolonnen Hændelse klikkes på Rul op for at fremhæve det." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:121(para) msgid "Click the Edit button (at the bottom middle of the list)." msgstr "Klik på knappen Redigér hændelse nederst i vinduet." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:127(para) msgid "You can see the window Select Controller Event Action." msgstr "Derved åbnes vinduet Vælg handling for styreenhedshændelse." # I 2.8 og 2.10 er der et + #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:131(para) msgid "Drop-down the Tools item, by clicking the small triangle on its left." msgstr "Åbn elementet Værktøjer ved at klikke på plusset til venstre for." # Hverken i 2.8 eller 2.10 er der en Increase Brush Scale, så jeg har valgt en, der er der (de hedder forøvrigt noget forskelligt i 2.8 og 2.10 - og er sjældent oversatte - så jeg har valgt 2.10) #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:138(para) #, fuzzy msgid "" "In the left column Action, click Increase Brush Scale to highlight it, then click " "the OK button." msgstr "" "I kolonnen Handling klikkes på Tool's Size: Increase by 1 for at fremhæve den og " "derefter på knappen OK." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:145(para) #, fuzzy msgid "Now, in front of Scroll Up is display tools-paint-brush-scale-increase." msgstr "I kolonnen ved siden af Rul op vises nu tools-size-increase." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:152(para) msgid "Close the window." msgstr "Luk vinduet." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:157(para) #, fuzzy msgid "With the same method, program Scroll Down with Decrease Brush Scale." msgstr "Med samme metode indstilles Rul ned til Tool's Size: Decrease by 1." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:164(para) msgid "Don't forget to click the OK button of the main window of Preferences." msgstr "Glem ikke at klikke på knappen OK i hovedvinduet til Indstillinger." # Ingen pensel med navnet Circle i 2.8 og 2.10 - har valgt en anden #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:171(para) msgid "" "After these somewhat long explanations, you can use your mouse wheel to vary size brush. For example, choose the pencil tool " "with the Circle brush. Set the pointer in the image window, use the mouse wheel, in the two directions, you can " "see the Circle shrinking or stretching." msgstr "" "Efter denne lange forklaring kan du bruge musehjulet til at variere penslens størrelse. Vælg for eksempel værktøjet blyant med " "penslen Pixel. Placér markøren i billedvinduet, rul op og ned med musehjulet og se hvordan penselstørrelsen " "ændrer sig." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:181(para) msgid "You can program the Up and Down arrow keys of the keyboard." msgstr "Du kan programmere piletasterne op og ned på tastaturet." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:185(para) msgid "The method is similar to that of the mouse wheel. The only differences are:" msgstr "Metoden er meget lig den til musehjulet. Forskellen er:" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:191(para) msgid "In the column Active Controllers, double-click Main Keyboard." msgstr "I kolonnen Aktive styreenhederdobbeltklikkes på Main Keyboard." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:198(para) msgid "" "In the column Event, click Cursor Up for the first key, and Cursor " "Down for the second key." msgstr "I kolonnen Hændelse klikkes på Markør op for at fremhæve den." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:205(para) msgid "Then, use the two keys (Up arrow and Down arrow) and the result is the same as you got with the mouse wheel." msgstr "Brug de to taster (pil op og pil ned) og du får samme resultat som med musehjulet." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:216(title) msgid "Creating a brush quickly" msgstr "Opret hurtigt en pensel" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:217(para) msgid "Two methods to create a new brush easily:" msgstr "Der er to metoder til nemt at lave en ny pensel:" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:220(para) msgid "" "First, the superfast method. You have an image area you want make a brush from it, to be used with a tool like " "pencil, airbrush... Select it with the rectangular (or elliptical) select tool, then do a Copy of this " "selection and immediately you can see this copy in the first position of the Brush Dialog, and its name is Clipboard. It is immediately usable." msgstr "" "Først den superhurtige metode. Der er et område i billedet, som du gerne vil lave en pensel af, så det kan bruges " "med værktøjer som blyant, airbrush osv. Markér området med det rektangulære eller elliptiske markeringsværktøj og " "kopiér markeringen, hvorefter det vil vises på den første plads i dialogen Pensler med navnet " "Udklipsholderbillede. Den kan bruges med det samme." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:229(para) msgid "" "This brush is temporary: it disappears when you close GIMP. With GIMP-2.10, you can make it permanent by clicking on the " "Duplicate this brush at the bottom of the brush panel." msgstr "" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:236(title) msgid "Selection becomes a brush after copying" msgstr "Markeringen bliver til en pensel efter kopiering" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:246(para) msgid "The second method is more elaborate." msgstr "Den anden metode er mere indviklet." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:247(para) msgid "" "Do FileNew with, for example, a width and a length of 35 " "pixels and in the advanced options a Color Space in Gray Level and Fill " "with: white." msgstr "" "Klik på FilNyt og vælg for eksempel en bredde og en " "længde på 35 pixels og under avancerede indstillinger sættes Farverum til Gråtoner og " "Udfyld med: til Hvid." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:259(para) msgid "Zoom on this new image to enlarge it and draw on it with a black pencil." msgstr "Zoom ind på dette nye billede for at forstørre det og tegn på det med en sort blyant." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:263(para) msgid "" "Save it with a .gbr extension in the directory /home/name_of_user/.config/GIMP/2.10/brushes/." msgstr "" "Eksportér det med filendelsen .gbr i mappen /home/brugernavn/.config/GIMP/2.10/brushes/." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:267(para) msgid "" "In the Brushes dialog window, click on the button Refresh brushes." msgstr "" "I dialogen Pensler klikkes på knappen Opdatér pensler." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:274(para) msgid "" "And your marvellous brush appears right in the middle of the other brushes. You can use it immediately, without starting GIMP " "again." msgstr "Og din fantastiske pensel optræder midt mellem de andre pensler. Du kan bruge den med det samme uden at genstarte GIMP." #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:279(title) msgid "Steps to create a brush" msgstr "Trin til oprettelse af en pensel" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:286(para) msgid "Draw image, save as brush" msgstr "Tegn billede og gem som pensel" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:295(para) msgid "Refresh brushes" msgstr "Opdatér pensler" #: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:304(para) msgid "Use the brush" msgstr "Brug penslen" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:56(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline1.png'; md5=f55de3d8bd9271198a5c97d8f5667bca" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:80(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline2.png'; md5=d16513799d6cfe0a53eb1d361bdc51de" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:103(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline3.png'; md5=74cdc5107704abdf95edce13e83fb0af" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:125(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline4.png'; md5=b1ebe0b7121ad37ea477f27b88cfcf1b" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:175(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/basicshape1.png'; md5=eb353efb94c6a9af6f4deb48e541fa47" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:206(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/basicshape2.png'; md5=4d938c41bc323718adedc209f5c6649c" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:13(title) msgid "Drawing Simple Objects" msgstr "Tegn enkle objekter" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:16(primary) msgid "Line" msgstr "Linje" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:17(secondary) src/using/simpleobjects.xml:21(secondary) msgid "Drawing a straight line" msgstr "Tegn en ret linje" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:20(primary) src/using/simpleobjects.xml:28(primary) msgid "Tutorials" msgstr "Vejledninger" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:24(primary) msgid "Rectangle" msgstr "Rektangel" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:25(secondary) src/using/simpleobjects.xml:29(secondary) msgid "Drawing a rectangle" msgstr "Tegn et rektangel" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:32(para) msgid "" "In this section, you will learn how to create simple objects in GIMP. It's pretty easy once you figure out " "how to do it. GIMP provides a huge set of Tools and Shortcuts which most " "new users get lost in." msgstr "" "I dette afsnit vil du lære, hvordan man laver enkle objekter i GIMP. Det er meget nemt, når du først har fået " "det lært. GIMP har en masse værktøjer og genveje, som de fleste nye " "brugere farer vild i." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:41(title) src/using/simpleobjects.xml:50(title) msgid "Drawing a Straight Line" msgstr "Tegn en ret linje" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:42(para) msgid "" "Let's begin by painting a straight line. The easiest way to create a straight line is by using your favorite brush tool, the mouse and the keyboard." msgstr "" "Lad os begynde med at male en ret linje. Den letteste måde at lave en ret linje på er at bruge dit yndlingsmaleværktøj, musen og tastaturet." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:53(title) msgid "A new image" msgstr "Et nyt billede" # Det er teksten til en figur - der er ikke nogen dialog #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:59(para) msgid "The dialog shows a new image, filled with a white background." msgstr "Figuren viser et nyt billede med en hvid baggrund." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:65(para) msgid "" "Create a new image. Select your favorite brush tool or use the pencil, if in doubt. Select a foreground color, but be sure that the foreground and background colors are different." msgstr "" "Opret et nyt billede. Vælg dit yndlingsmaleværktøj eller brug blyanten, hvis du er i tvivl. Vælg en forgrundsfarve, og sørg for at forgrunds- og baggrundsfarven er forskellige." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:77(title) msgid "The start of the straight line" msgstr "Den rette linjes udgangspunkt" # Det er teksten til en figur - der er ikke nogen dialog #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:83(para) msgid "" "The dialog shows a new image, with the first dot which indicates the start of the straight line. The dot has a black foreground " "color." msgstr "" "Figuren viser et nyt billede med den første plet, som indikerer begyndelsen på den rette linje. Pletten har en sort " "forgrundsfarve." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:91(para) msgid "" "Create a starting point by clicking on the image display area with the left mouse " "button. Your canvas should look similar to ." msgstr "" "Opret et udgangspunkt ved at klikke i billedvisningsområdet med venstre museknap. " "Lærredet skulle gerne ligne ." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:100(title) msgid "The helpline" msgstr "Hjælpelinjen" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:106(para) msgid "The screenshot shows the helpline, which indicates how the finished line will look." msgstr "Skærmbilledet viser hjælpelinjen, som indikerer, hvordan den færdige linje vil se ud." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:113(para) msgid "" "Now, hold down the Shift button on your keyboard and move the mouse away from the starting point you created. " "You'll see a thin line indicating how the line will look." msgstr "" "Hold Skift-tasten på tastaturet nede, mens du bevæger musen væk fra udgangspunktet. En tynd linje vil vise, " "hvordan linjen vil komme til at se ud." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:122(title) msgid "The line after the second click" msgstr "Linjen efter andet klik" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:128(para) msgid "" "The line created appears in the image window after drawing the second point (or end point), while the Shift key " "is still pressed." msgstr "" "Linjen vises i billedvinduet, efter du har tegnet det andet punkt (eller slutpunktet), mens Skift-tasten stadig " "holdes nede." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:136(para) msgid "" "If you're satisfied with the direction and length of the line, click the left mouse button again to finish the line. The " "GIMP displays a straight line now. If the line doesn't appear, check the foreground and background colors and " "be sure that you kept the Shift key pressed while painting. You can keep creating lines by continuing to hold " "the Shift key and creating additional end points." msgstr "" "Er du tilfreds med linjens retning og længde, så klik med venstre museknap igen for at færdiggøre linjen. GIMP viser nu en ret linje. Vises linjen ikke, så tjek forgrunds- og baggrundsfarven, og sørg for at holde Skift-tasten nede, mens du tegner. Du kan fortsætte med at tegne rette linjer ved at holde Skift-tasten nede " "og lave flere slutpunkter." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:151(title) msgid "Creating a Basic Shape" msgstr "Lav en simpel figur" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:157(para) msgid "Try out e.g. for this purpose." msgstr "Prøv f.eks. til dette formål." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:155(para) msgid "" "GIMP is not designed to be used for drawing. However, you may create shapes by either " "painting them using the technique described in or by using the selection tools. Of course, " "there are various other ways to paint a shape, but we'll stick to the easiest ones here. So, create a new image and check that the foreground and background colors are " "different." msgstr "" "GIMP er ikke designet til at tegne med. Men du kan lave figurer ved enten at male dem med " "teknikken beskrevet i eller ved at bruge markeringsværktøjerne. Der er selvfølgelige flere " "forskellige måder at male figurer på, men vi vil holde os til de nemmeste her. Opret et nyt " "billede og sørg for, at forgrunds- og baggrundsfarven er forskellige." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:172(title) msgid "Creating a rectangular selection" msgstr "Opret en rektangulær markering" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:178(para) msgid "" "The screenshot shows how a rectangular selection is created. Press and hold the left mouse button while you move the mouse in " "the direction of the red arrow." msgstr "" "Skærmbilledet viser, hvordan en rektangulær markering oprettes. Hold venstre museknap nede, mens du trækker musen i den røde " "pils retning." # Linket gimp-using-basicshape1 indeholder allerede teksten Figur #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:186(para) msgid "" "Basic shapes like rectangles or ellipses, can be created using the selection tools. This tutorial uses a rectangular selection as an example. So, choose the rectangular selection tool and create a new selection: press and hold the left mouse button while you move the " "mouse to another position in the image (illustrated in figure ). The selection is " "created when you release the mouse button. For more information about key modifiers see selection tools." msgstr "" "Simple figurer som rektangler og ellipser kan oprettes med markeringsværktøjerne. " "Denne vejledning bruger en rektangulær markering som eksempel. Vælg værktøjet rektangulær marklering og opret en ny markering: Hold venstre museknap nede, mens du trækker musen til et andet " "punkt i billedet (som vist i ). Markeringen oprettes når du slipper museknappen. " "Yderligere information om ændringstaster kan findes her: markeringsværktøjer." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:203(title) msgid "Rectangular selection filled with foreground color" msgstr "Rektangulær markering udfyldt med forgrundsfarve" #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:209(para) msgid "The screenshot shows a rectangular selection filled with the foreground color." msgstr "Skærmbilledet viser en rektangulær markering udfyldt med forgrundsfarven." #: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:216(para) msgid "" "After creating the selection, you can either create a filled or an outlined shape with the foreground color of your choice. If " "you go for the first option, choose a foreground color and fill the selection " "with the bucket fill tool. If you choose the latter option, create an outline by " "using theStroke selection menu item from the Edit menu. If " "you're satisfied with the result, remove the selection." msgstr "" "Når du har oprettet markeringen, kan du enten udfylde den eller omridset med en valgfri forgrundsfarve. Vælger du første " "mulighed, så vælg en forgrundsfarve og udfyld markeringen med værktøjet Spandudfyldning. Vil du udfylde omridset, så opret et omrids med brug af menupunktet " "Optegn markering i menuen Redigér. Når du er tilfreds med " "resultatet, kan du fjerne markeringen." #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:11(title) msgid "Creating Shortcuts to Menu Commands" msgstr "Lav genveje til menukommandoer" #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:14(primary) src/using/shortcuts.xml:18(secondary) msgid "Shortcuts" msgstr "Genveje" #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:17(primary) src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:16(primary) msgid "Customize" msgstr "Tilpas" #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:21(para) msgid "" "Many functions which are accessible via the image menu have a default keyboard shortcut. You may want to create a new shortcut " "for a command that you use a lot and doesn't have one or, more rarely, edit an existing shortcut. There are two methods for " "doing this." msgstr "" "Mange funktioner, som er tilgængelige via billedmenuen, har en standardtastaturgenvej. Du vil måske gerne oprette en genvej til " "en kommando, som du bruger meget, eller redigere en eksisterende genvej. Der er to måder at gøre det på." #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:29(title) msgid "Using dynamic keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Brug dynamiske tastaturgenveje" #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:31(para) msgid "" "First, you have to activate this capability by checking the Use dynamic keyboard shortcuts option in the " "Interface item of the Preferences menu. This option is " "usually not checked, to prevent accidental key presses from creating an unwanted shortcut." msgstr "" "Først skal du aktivere indstillingen Brug dynamiske tastaturgenveje på siden Grænseflade under Indstillinger. Som standard er indstillingen ikke aktiveret for at " "undgå, at der utilsigtet oprettes en uønsket genvej." # Ser ud til som standard at være aktiveret #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:41(para) msgid "" "While you're doing that, also check the Save keyboard shortcuts on exit option so that your shortcut will " "be saved." msgstr "" "Sikr dig ved samme lejlighed, at indstillingen Gem tastaturgenveje ved afslutning er aktiveret, så dine " "genveje vil blive gemt." # Lader ikke til at virke i 2.10 #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:48(para) msgid "" "To create a keyboard shortcut, simply place the mouse pointer on a command in the menu: it will then be highlighted. Be careful " "that the mouse pointer doesn't move and type a sequence of three keys, keeping the keys pressed. You will see this sequence " "appear on the right of the command." msgstr "" "En tastaturgenvej oprettes ved at placere musemarkøren på en kommando i menuen, så den er fremhævet. Sikr dig, at musemarkøren " "ikke flytter sig og indtast en sekvens bestående af tre taster, og hold tasterne nede. Sekvensen vil optræde til højre for " "kommandoen." #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:57(para) msgid "" "It is best to use the CtrlAltKey sequence for your " "custom shortcuts." msgstr "" "Det er bedst at bruge tastesekvensen CtrlAltTast til " "dine tilpassede genveje." #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:70(title) msgid "Using the Keyboard Shortcut Dialog" msgstr "Med brug af dialogen Tastaturgenveje" #: src/using/shortcuts.xml:72(para) msgid "" "The Keyboard Shortcuts Dialog can be used to assign keyboard shortcuts. " "Not only for menu commands, but also for any other command and it does not need changing any preference." msgstr "" #: src/using/setup.xml:12(title) msgid "How to Set Your Tile Cache" msgstr "Sådan indstilles flisebufferen (tile cache)" #: src/using/setup.xml:14(primary) msgid "Tile cache" msgstr "Flisebuffer (tile cache)" #: src/using/setup.xml:16(para) msgid "" "During the data processing and manipulation of pictures, GIMP becomes in the need of much main memory. The more is available the " "better is. GIMP uses the operating system memory available resources as effectively as possible, striving to " "maintain the work on the pictures fast and comfortable for the user. That Data memory, during the treatment, is organized in " "buffered blocks of graphic data, which could exist in two different forms of data memory: in the slow not removable disk or in " "the fast main RAM memory. GIMP uses preferably the RAM, and when it runs short of this memory, it uses the hard disk for the " "remaining data. These chunks of graphic data are commonly referred to as \"tiles\" and the entire system is called \"tile " "cache\"." msgstr "" "Under databehandling og manipulering af billeder har GIMP brug for meget hukommelse. Jo mere der er til rådighed, desto bedre. " "GIMP bruger styresystemets tilgængelige hukommelsesressourcer så effektivt som muligt i forsøget på at gøre " "arbejdet med billeder hurtigt og smidigt for brugeren. Under billedbehandlingen er datahukommelsen opdelt i grafikdatablokke, " "som kan eksistere i to slags datahukommelse: på disken eller i RAM. GIMP bruger fortrinsvis RAM, og når GIMP løber tør for RAM, " "bruger den harddisken til de resterende data. Disse grafikdatadele kaldes “fliser” (“tiles”), og hele systemet kaldes " "“flisebuffer“ (“tile cache”)." #: src/using/setup.xml:29(para) msgid "" "A low value for tile cache means that GIMP sends data to the disk very quickly, not making real use of the available RAM, and " "making the disks work for no real reason. Too high a value for tile cache, and other applications start to have less system " "resources, forcing them to use swap space, which also makes the disks work too hard; some of them may even terminate or start to " "malfunction due lack of RAM." msgstr "" "Er værdien for flisebufferen lav, sender GIMP hurtigt data til disken uden at gøre fuld brug af den tilgængelige RAM, så disken " "arbejder uden grund. En for høj værdi af flisebufferen medfører, at andre programmer begynder at have færre systemressourcer, så " "de tvinges til at bruge swap, hvilket også sender disken på overarbejde; nogle programmer lukker måske endda ned eller fungerer " "ikke rigtigt pga. mangel på RAM." #: src/using/setup.xml:37(para) msgid "" "How do you choose a number for the Tile Cache size? Here are some tips to help you decide what value to use, as well as a few " "tricks:" msgstr "Hvordan vælger man størrelsen på flisebufferen? Her er nogle råd til at vælge den rigtige størrelse samt nogle tricks:" #: src/using/setup.xml:43(para) msgid "" "The easiest method is to just forget about this and hope the default works. This was a usable method when computers had little " "RAM, and most people just tried to make small images with GIMP while running one or two other applications at the same time. If " "you want something easy and only use GIMP to make screenshots and logos, this is probably the best solution." msgstr "" "Det letteste er ingenting at gøre og håbe, at standardindstillingen virker. Det var en brugbar fremgangsmåde, da computerne ikke " "havde meget RAM, og de fleste bare prøvede at lave små billeder med GIMP, mens der kørte et eller to programmer samtidig. Vil du " "have det nemt, og bruger du kun GIMP til skærmbilleder og logoer, er dette formodentlig den bedste løsning." # Det er vist lang tid siden, en computer kun havde 512 MB #: src/using/setup.xml:53(para) msgid "" "If you have a modern computer with plenty of memory–say, 512 MB or more–setting the Tile Cache to half of your RAM will probably " "give good performance for GIMP in most situations without depriving other applications. Probably even 3/4 of your RAM would be " "fine." msgstr "" "Har du en nyere computer med masser af RAM, f.eks. 512 MB eller mere, vil en størrelse på hukommelsesbufferen på halvdelen af " "din RAM sikkert give god ydelse i de fleste situationer, uden at andre programmer kommer til at lide under det. Formodentlig vil " "endda ¾ af din RAM være OK." #: src/using/setup.xml:61(para) msgid "" "Ask someone to do it for you, which in the case of a computer serving multiple users at the same time can be a good idea: that " "way the administrator and other users do not get mad at you for abusing the machine, nor do you get a badly underperforming " "GIMP. If it is your machine and only serves a single user at a given time, this could mean money, or drinks, as price for the " "service." msgstr "" "Bed nogen om at gøre det for dig, hvilket er en god idé, hvis computeren bruges af flere brugere på samme tid. Så bliver " "administratoren og andre brugere ikke sure på dig over misbrug af computeren, og GIMP kommer heller ikke til at yde dårligt. Er " "det din computer, og er der kun en bruger ad gangen, kunne det betyde penge eller drinks som modydelse for tjenesten." #: src/using/setup.xml:71(para) msgid "" "Start changing the value a bit each time and check that it goes faster and faster with each increase, but the system does not " "complain about lack of memory. Be forewarned that sometimes lack of memory shows up suddenly with some applications being killed " "to make space for the others." msgstr "" "Begynd med at ændre værdien lidt ad gangen og undersøg, om det går hurtigere og hurtigere for hver øgning, men at systemet ikke " "klager over mangel på hukommelse. Vær opmærksom på, at mangel på hukommelse kan vise sig pludseligt ved, at nogle programmer " "afsluttes for at give plads til andre." #: src/using/setup.xml:80(para) msgid "" "Do some simple math and calculate a viable value. Maybe you will have to tune it later, but maybe you have to tune it anyway " "with the other previous methods. At least you know what is happening and can get the best from your computer." msgstr "" "Lav nogle enkle udregninger og beregn en fornuftig værdi. Måske bliver det nødvendigt senere at finjustere den, men måske ville " "det også have været nødvendigt at finjustere med de andre foregående metoder." #: src/using/setup.xml:88(para) msgid "" "Let's suppose you prefer the last option, and want to get a good value to start with. First, you need to get some data about " "your computer. This data is the amount of RAM installed in your system, the operating system's swap space available, and a " "general idea about the speed of the disks that store the operating system's swap and the directory used for GIMP's swap. You do " "not need to do disk tests, nor check the RPM of the disks, the thing is to see which one seems clearly faster or slower, or " "whether all are similar. You can change GIMP's swap directory in the Folders page of the Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "Antag, at du foretrækker sidstnævnte metode og ønsker en god startværdi. Først skal du indsamle nogle data om din computer: " "mængden af RAM, størrelsen af swap og en generel idé om hastigheden af diskene, som styresystemets og GIMPs swap ligger på. Du " "behøver ikke udføre disktest eller tjekke spinhastigheden (RPM, omdrejninger i minuttet) på dine diske; du skal blot undersøge, " "om én lader til at være langsommere eller hurtigere, eller om alle lader til at være lige hurtige. Du kan ændre GIMPs swapmappe " "på siden Mapper under Indstillinger." # Oversætter ikke tools til værktøjer, da det kan forveksles med værktøjerne i GIMP. #: src/using/setup.xml:99(para) msgid "" "The next thing to do is to see how much resources you require for other apps you want to run at the same time than GIMP. So " "start all your tools and do some work with them, except GIMP of course, and check the usage. You can use applications like free " "or top, depending in what OS and what environment you use. The numbers you want is the memory left, including file cache. Modern " "Unix keeps a very small area free, in order to be able to keep large file and buffer caches. Linux's free " "command does the maths for you: check the column that says free, and the line -/+ buffers/cache. " "Note down also the free swap." msgstr "" "Derefter skal du undersøge, hvor mange ressourcer du har brug for til andre programmer, som skal køre sideløbende med GIMP. " "Start dine programmer, undtagen GIMP, og brug dem lidt for at se, hvor mange ressourcer de forbruger. Du kan f.eks. bruge " "programmer som free eller top afhængigt af dit styresystem og miljø. Tallet, du er ude efter, er fri/ledig hukommelse inkl. " "filcachen. Nyere Unix holder et meget lille område ledigt for at kunne opbevare store filer og buffercache. Kommandoen " "free i Linux udfører beregningerne for dig: Kig i kolonnerne, der hedder free og buff/" "cache. Notér også den ledige swap." #: src/using/setup.xml:111(para) msgid "" "Now time for decisions and a bit of simple math. Basically the concept is to decide if you want to base all Tile Cache in RAM, " "or RAM plus operating system swap:" msgstr "Nu er det tid til lidt beregninger og beslutningstagen: Skal al flisebuffer være i RAM eller i RAM plus swap?" #: src/using/setup.xml:118(para) msgid "" "Do you change applications a lot? Or keep working in GIMP for a long time? If you spend a lot of time in GIMP, you can consider " "free RAM plus free swap as available; if not, you need to go to the following steps. (If you're feeling unsure about it, check " "the following steps.) If you are sure you switch apps every few minutes, only count the free RAM and just go to the final " "decision; no more things to check." msgstr "" "Skifter du tit mellem programmer? Eller arbejder du lang tid i GIMP? Bruger du lang tid i GIMP, kan du betragte ledig RAM og " "ledig swap som værende til rådighed. Hvis ikke, skal du gå gennem de følgende trin (føler du dig usikker, så tjek de følgende " "trin). Er du sikker på, du skifter til et andet program hvert andet minut, så tæl kun den ledige RAM med og gå til sidste trin; " "der er ikke mere at tjekke." #: src/using/setup.xml:128(para) msgid "" "Does the operating system swap live in the same physical disk as GIMP swap? If so, add RAM and swap. Otherwise go to the next " "step." msgstr "" "Findes styresystemets swap på den samme fysiske disk som GIMPs swap? Er det tilfældet, så læg RAM og swap til. Ellers gå til " "næste trin." #: src/using/setup.xml:134(para) msgid "" "Is the disk that holds the OS swap faster or the same speed as the disk that holds the GIMP swap? If slower, take only the free " "RAM; if faster or similar, add free RAM and swap." msgstr "" "Er disken med styresystemets swap hurtigere, langsommere eller samme hastighed som disken med GIMPs swap? Er den langsommere, så " "medtag kun ledig RAM. Er den hurtigere eller samme hastighed, så læg ledig RAM og swap til." #: src/using/setup.xml:141(para) msgid "" "You now have a number, be it just the free RAM or the free RAM plus the free OS swap. Reduce it a bit, to be on the safe side, " "and that is the Tile Cache you could use as a good start." msgstr "" "Du har nu et tal, om det så er ledig RAM eller ledig RAM plus styresystemets swap. Vælg et lidt mindre tal, for at være på den " "sikre side, og du har nu et godt udgangspunkt for størrelsen på flisebufferen." #: src/using/setup.xml:148(para) msgid "" "As you can see, all is about checking the free resources, and decide if the OS swap is worth using or will cause more problems " "than help." msgstr "" "Det handler alt sammen om at tjekke de ledige ressourcer og beslutte, om det er værd at bruge styresystemets swap, eller det vil " "være til større skade end gavn." #: src/using/setup.xml:152(para) msgid "" "There are some reasons you want to adjust this value, though. The basic one is changes in your computer usage pattern, or " "changing hardware. That could mean your assumptions about how you use your computer, or the speed of it, are no longer valid. " "That would require a reevaluation of the previous steps, which can drive you to a similar value or a completely new value." msgstr "" "Der kan være gode grunde til at justere størrelsen. F.eks. hvis dit brugsmønster på computeren ændrer sig eller ved udskiftning " "af hardware. Det kan betyde, at antagelserne om brug af computeren eller dens hastighed ikke længere holder. Det vil kræve " "genovervejelse af de foregående trin, hvilket kan give samme størrelse eller en helt anden." #: src/using/setup.xml:160(para) msgid "" "Another reason to change the value is because it seems that GIMP runs too slowly, while changing to other applications is fast: " "this means that GIMP could use more memory without impairing the other applications. On the other hand, if you get complaints " "from other applications about not having enough memory, then it may benefit you to not let GIMP hog so much of it." msgstr "" "En anden grund til at ændre størrelsen kunne være fordi, GIMP lader til at køre langsomt, mens skift til andre programmer er " "hurtig. Det betyder, at GIMP kunne bruge mere hukommelse, uden det går ud over andre programmer. Klager andre programmer på den " "anden side over for lidt hukommelse, kan det være en fordel ikke at lade GIMP hugge så meget af den." #: src/using/setup.xml:167(para) msgid "" "If you decided to use only RAM and GIMP runs slowly, you could try increasing the value a bit, but never to use also all the " "free swap. If the case is the contrary, using both RAM and swap, and you have problems about lack of resources, then you should " "decrease the amount of RAM available to GIMP." msgstr "" "Besluttede du dig for kun at bruge RAM, og kører GIMP langsomt, kan du prøve at øge størrelsen lidt, men uden at bruge al ledig " "swap. Bruger du både RAM og swap, og har du problemer med forbruget af ressourcer, skal du formindske mængde af RAM, som er " "tilgængelig for GIMP." #: src/using/setup.xml:174(para) msgid "" "Another trick is to put the Swap Dir on a very fast disk, or on a different disk than the one where most of your files reside. " "Spreading the operating system swap file over multiple disks is also a good way to speed things up, in general. And of course, " "you might have to buy more RAM or stop using lots of programs at the same time: you can not expect to edit a poster on a " "computer with 16MB and be fast." msgstr "" "Et andet trick ville være at lægge swapmappen på en meget hurtig disk eller på en anden disk end den, hvor de fleste af dine " "filer er. Spredes styresystemets swapfil ud på flere diske, er det generelt også en god måde at øge hastigheden på. Det kan også " "være nødvendigt at købe mere RAM eller holde op med at bruge mange programmer samtidigt. Du kan ikke forvente at kunne redigere " "en plakat på en computer med 16 MB RAM, og at det vil gå hurtigt." #: src/using/setup.xml:183(para) msgid "" "You can also check what memory requirements your images have. The larger the images, and the number of undoes, the more " "resources you need. This is another way to choose a number, but it is only good if you always work with the same kind of images, " "and thus the real requirements do not vary. It is also helpful to know if you will require more RAM and/or disk space." msgstr "" "Du kan også tjekke dit billedes krav til hukommelse. Jo større billedet er og des flere fortrydelsestrin, desto flere ressourcer " "er nødvendige. Det er en anden måde at vælge størrelse på, men det virker kun, hvis du altid arbejder med samme slags billeder, " "og de reelle krav dermed ikke varierer. Det hjælper også at vide, om du har brug for mere RAM og/eller diskplads." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/selections.xml:69(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-move-1.png'; md5=59f92c5d042d8a9a664edc3d2f15f974" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/selections.xml:113(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-move-2.png'; md5=8128e7f4c88a2b28c75c85cffff221ba" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/selections.xml:138(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-move-3.png'; md5=8e2856e4acb1cdf711f696040a45b008" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/selections.xml:239(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/rect+lasso-ex.png'; md5=10d41167eeb361f36cac967e39a9d443" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/selections.xml:18(title) msgid "Creating and Using Selections" msgstr "Opret og brug markeringer" #: src/using/selections.xml:21(primary) msgid "Selections" msgstr "Markeringer" #: src/using/selections.xml:22(secondary) src/using/paths.xml:20(secondary) msgid "Using" msgstr "Brug" #: src/using/selections.xml:26(title) msgid "Moving or Resizing a Selection" msgstr "Flyt og ændr størrelsen på en markering" #: src/using/selections.xml:28(primary) src/using/selections.xml:32(primary) src/using/selections.xml:201(primary) msgid "Selection" msgstr "Markering" #: src/using/selections.xml:29(secondary) msgid "Move selection" msgstr "Flyt markering" #: src/using/selections.xml:33(secondary) msgid "Resize selection" msgstr "Ændr markerings størrelse" #: src/using/selections.xml:36(para) msgid "" "Rectangular and elliptical selections have two modes. The default mode has handles on the selection. These handles can be used " "to resize the selection. Dragging from inside the selection, but not inside the handles, moves the selection. If you click the " "selection or press the Enter key, the handles disappear leaving only the dotted selection outline (marching " "ants). You can return to the mode with handles by clicking inside the selection again." msgstr "" "Rektangulære og elliptiske markeringer har to tilstande. Standardtilstanden har håndtag på markeringen. Disse håndtag kan bruges " "til at ændre størrelsen på markeringen. Hvis du trækker inde fra markeringen, men ikke inden for håndtagene, flyttes " "markeringen. Hvis du klikker på markeringen eller trykker på tasten Enter, forsvinder håndtagene, og kun den " "stiplede markeringslinje (marcherende myrer) er tilbage. Du kan vende tilbage til tilstanden med håndtag ved at klikke inde i " "markeringen igen." #: src/using/selections.xml:45(para) msgid "" "If you click-and-drag the selection without handles, you create a new selection. The other selection tools do not have this " "division in two modes." msgstr "" "Klikker og trækker du en markering uden håndtag, laver du en ny markering. De andre markeringsværktøjer har ikke denne opdeling " "i to tilstande." #: src/using/selections.xml:52(title) msgid "Moving selections using the Rectangle and Ellipse Select tools" msgstr "Flyt markeringer med brug af rektangulær og elliptisk markeringsværktøj" #: src/using/selections.xml:55(para) msgid "" "As mentioned above, the Rectangle Select and Ellipse Select tools by default show a selection " "frame with handles. It is possible to change the size and location of the selection, but also to move the selection including " "the layer contents." msgstr "" "Som nævnt ovenfor viser værktøjerne Rektangulær markering og Elliptisk markering som standard en " "markeringsramme med håndtag. Det er muligt at ændre størrelsen og placeringen af markeringen, men også at flytte markeringen " "inklusive lagets indhold." #: src/using/selections.xml:64(title) msgid "Moving and resizing the selection outline" msgstr "Flyt og ændr størrelse på markeringsomridset" #: src/using/selections.xml:66(title) msgid "Moving the selection outline" msgstr "Flyt markeringsomridset" #: src/using/selections.xml:73(para) msgid "" "Moving or resizing the selection frame, without moving the image contents, can be done both with the mouse and with the keyboard." msgstr "" "Flytning af eller ændring af størrelsen på markeringsrammen uden at flytte billedindholdet kan gøres med både musen og " "tastaturet." #: src/using/selections.xml:77(para) msgid "" "To move the selection with the mouse, click inside the selection in an area that doesn't show one of the handles. Then drag it " "with the mouse towards your intended location." msgstr "" "For at flytte markeringen med musen skal du klikke inde i markeringen i et område, der ikke viser et af håndtagene. Træk det " "derefter med musen mod den ønskede placering." #: src/using/selections.xml:82(para) msgid "" "To move the selection with the keyboard, it is currently required that the mouse pointer is inside the selection frame, or it " "won't work. Press and hold Alt (or CtrlAlt), to resize " "one pixel at a time. To resize 25 pixels at a time add the Shift key to the above combination." msgstr "" "For at flytte markeringen med tastaturet kræves det i øjeblikket, at musemarkøren er inden for markeringsrammen, ellers virker " "det ikke. Tryk og hold Alt (eller CtrlAlt) for at ændre " "størrelsen en pixel ad gangen. For at ændre størrelsen med 25 pixels ad gangen skal du tilføje tasten Skift til " "ovenstående kombination." #: src/using/selections.xml:90(para) msgid "" "To resize the selection with the mouse, place the mouse pointer in the handle area where you want to resize, and then click-drag " "in the desired direction. To resize in one direction, use the middle handles; to resize two neighboring directions, use the " "handles in one of the corners." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil ændre størrelsen på markeringen med musen, skal du placere musemarkøren i det håndtagsområde, hvor du vil ændre " "størrelsen, og derefter klikke og trække i den ønskede retning. Hvis du vil ændre størrelsen i én retning, skal du bruge de " "midterste håndtag; hvis du vil ændre størrelsen i to tilstødende retninger, skal du bruge håndtagene i et af hjørnerne." #: src/using/selections.xml:97(para) msgid "" "To resize using the keyboard, move the mouse pointer inside the handles along the edges of the selection frame, and then use the " "keyboard shortcuts mentioned above for moving." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil ændre størrelsen med tastaturet, skal du flytte musemarkøren inden for håndtagene langs kanterne af markeringsrammen " "og derefter bruge de tastaturgenveje, der er nævnt ovenfor, til at flytte med." #: src/using/selections.xml:105(title) msgid "Moving the selection with the image contents" msgstr "Flyt markeringen med billedindholdet" #: src/using/selections.xml:107(title) msgid "Moving a selection and its contents, emptying the original location" msgstr "Flyt en markering og dens indhold, hvorved den oprindelige placering bliver tom" #: src/using/selections.xml:117(para) msgid "" "To move the selection contents (i.e. the part of the layer inside the selection), you can press CtrlAlt and click-and-drag the selection. The original location of the selected part of the layer " "will be emptied (i.e. filled with the current background color)." msgstr "" "For at flytte markeringens indhold (dvs. den del af laget, der er inde i markeringen), kan du trykke på CtrlAlt og klikke og trække i markeringen. Den oprindelige placering af den valgte del af laget " "vil blive tømt (dvs. fyldt med den aktuelle baggrundsfarve)." #: src/using/selections.xml:125(para) src/using/selections.xml:149(para) msgid "" "Note that this action will create a floating layer that needs to be anchored " "to the layer below, or turned into a new layer." msgstr "" "Bemærk, at denne handling vil skabe et flydende lag, der skal forankres til " "laget nedenunder eller laves om til et nyt lag." #: src/using/selections.xml:132(title) msgid "Moving a selection with a copy of the layer contents" msgstr "Flyt en markering med en kopi af lagets indhold" #: src/using/selections.xml:142(para) msgid "" "To move the selection contents without changing the original, use ShiftAlt and click-and-drag the selection. The original location of the selected part of the layer will stay the same while you " "move a copy." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil flytte indholdet af markeringen uden at ændre originalen, skal du bruge SkiftAlt og klikke og trække markeringen. Den oprindelige placering af den valgte del af laget vil forblive den samme, " "mens du flytter en kopi." #: src/using/selections.xml:156(para) msgid "" "On some systems, you must push Alt before Shift or Ctrl. On these systems, " "pressing Shift or Ctrl first, causes GIMP to enter a mode that adds or subtract from the " "current selection. After doing that, the Alt key is ineffective!" msgstr "" "På nogle systemer skal der trykkes på Alt før Skift eller Ctrl. På disse " "systemer vil GIMP lægge til eller trække fra den aktuelle markering, hvis der trykkes på Skift eller " "Ctrl først — herefter er Alt-tasten inaktiv!" #: src/using/selections.xml:169(title) msgid "Moving using other Selection Tools" msgstr "Flyt med andre markeringsværktøjer" #: src/using/selections.xml:170(para) msgid "" "The other selection tools (Free Select, Fuzzy Select, By Color Select, etc.) have no handles. Using click-and-drag doesn't move " "these selections. To move their contents, as with rectangular and elliptical selections, you have to press the " "CtrlAlt or ShiftAlt keys and then use click-and-drag." msgstr "" "De andre markeringsværktøjer (frihåndsmarkering, udflydende markering, markering efter farve osv.) har ingen håndtag. De kan " "ikke flyttes med klik-og-træk. Som med rektangulære og elliptiske markeringer skal man holde tasterne CtrlAlt eller SkiftAlt nede og klikke-og-" "trække for at flytte deres indhold." #: src/using/selections.xml:180(para) msgid "If you use keyboard arrow keys instead of click-and-drag, you move only the selection outline." msgstr "Bruger du tastaturets piletaster i stedet for klik-og-træk, flytter du kun markeringsomridset." #: src/using/selections.xml:187(title) msgid "A different method of moving a selection" msgstr "En anden metode til flytning af en markering" #: src/using/selections.xml:188(para) msgid "" "You can also use a more roundabout method to move a selection. Make the selection " "floating. Then you can move its content using the Move tool, emptying the " "original location, by click-and-dragging or keyboard arrow keys." msgstr "" "Du kan også flytte markeringen med en indirekte metode: Gør markeringen flydende. " "Så kan du flytte dens indhold med værktøjet Flytning og tømme den oprindelige placering " "med klik-og-træk eller piletasterne." #: src/using/selections.xml:199(title) msgid "Adding or subtracting selections" msgstr "Læg til eller træk fra markeringer" #: src/using/selections.xml:202(secondary) msgid "Add / Subtract selections" msgstr "Læg til/træk fra markering" #: src/using/selections.xml:210(para) msgid "Replace is the most used selection mode. In replace mode, a selection replaces any existing selection." msgstr "Erstat er den mest brugte markeringstilstand. I den tilstand vil en markering erstatte en eksisterende markering." #: src/using/selections.xml:214(para) msgid "" "Add mode, causes new selections to be added to any existing selection. Press and hold the Shift key while " "making a selection to temporarily enter add mode." msgstr "" "I læg til-tilstanden vil nye markeringer blive lagt sammen med en eksisterende markering. Hold Skift-tasten " "nede, mens der laves en markering, for midlertidigt at gå i læg til-tilstand." #: src/using/selections.xml:219(para) msgid "" "Subtract mode, causes new selections to be removed from any existing selection. Press and hold the Ctrl key " "while making a selection to temporarily enter subtract mode." msgstr "" "I træk fra-tilstanden vil nye markeringer blive trukket fra en eksisterende markering. Hold Ctrl-tasten nede, " "mens der laves en markering, for midlertidigt at gå i træk fra-tilstand." #: src/using/selections.xml:224(para) msgid "" "Intersect mode, causes areas in both the new and existing selection to become the new selection. Press and hold both the " "Shift and Ctrl key while making a selection to temporarily enter intersect mode." msgstr "" "I gennemskær-tilstanden vil områder, som er fælles for den nye og den eksisterende markering, blive lagt sammen og blive til den " "nye markering. Hold tasterne Skift og Ctrl nede, mens der laves en markering, for midlertidigt " "at gå i gennemskær-tilstand." #: src/using/selections.xml:205(para) msgid "" "Tools have options that you can configure. Each selection tool allows you to set the selection mode. The following selection " "modes are supported: " msgstr "" "Værktøjer har indstillinger, som kan konfigureres. For hvert markeringsværktøj kan markeringstilstanden angives. Følgende " "markeringstilstande understøttes: " #: src/using/selections.xml:235(title) msgid "Enlarging a rectangular selection with the Lasso" msgstr "Forstør en rektangulær markering med lasso" # Der er ikke et krav, at den nye markering skal inkludere den eksisterende. #: src/using/selections.xml:243(para) msgid "" "The figure shows an existing rectangular selection. Select the Lasso. While pressing the Shift key, make a free " "hand selection that includes the existing selection. Release the mouse button and areas are included in the selection." msgstr "" "Figuren viser en eksisterende rektangulær markering. Vælg lasso. Hold Skift-tasten nede og lav en " "frihåndsmarkering. Slip musetasten, og området vil medtages i markeringen." #: src/using/selections.xml:250(para) msgid "To correct selection defects precisely, use the Quick Mask." msgstr "Med Ekspresmaske kan markeringsfejl korrigeres præcist." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:142(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/script-fu-console.png'; md5=329cadfd55a68e60cb6936529869a85e" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:995(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/script-fu-menu.png'; md5=ca69da2e66658d062e46f312a42febd1" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1530(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/script-fu-screen.png'; md5=67ea87d7bba780963438781008e4ec49" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:11(title) msgid "A Script-Fu Tutorial" msgstr "En vejledning til Script-Fu" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:13(primary) msgid "Script-Fu" msgstr "Script-Fu" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:14(secondary) msgid "Tutorial" msgstr "Vejledning" # I GIMP er script oversat med program #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:16(para) msgid "" "In this training course, we'll introduce you to the fundamentals of Scheme necessary to use Script-Fu, and then build a handy " "script that you can add to your toolbox of scripts. The script prompts the user for some text, then creates a new image sized " "perfectly to the text. We will then enhance the script to allow for a buffer of space around the text. We will conclude with a " "few suggestions for ways to ramp up your knowledge of Script-Fu." msgstr "" "I dette træningskursus vil du få en grundlæggende introduktion til Scheme som er nødvendig for at bruge Script-Fu. Herefter vil " "vi lave et nyttigt program, som du kan tilføje til din værktøjskasse med programmer. Programmet beder brugeren om noget tekst og " "opretter derefter et nyt billede, som i størrelse passer perfekt til teksten. Vi vil udbygge programmet, så der kan være lidt " "luft rundt om teksten. Afslutningsvis har vi nogle forslag til måder, du kan øge din viden om Script-Fu på." #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:26(para) msgid "" "This section was adapted from a tutorial written for the GIMP 1 User Manual by " "Mike Terry." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:34(title) msgid "Getting Acquainted With Scheme" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:36(title) msgid "Let's Start Scheme'ing" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:37(para) msgid "" "Scheme is a dialect of the Lisp family of " "programming languages. GIMP uses TinyScheme, which is a lightweight interpreter of a subset of the so-called R5RS standard." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:43(para) msgid "The first thing to learn is that:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:45(para) msgid "Every statement in Scheme is surrounded by parentheses ()." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:49(para) msgid "The second thing you need to know is that:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:51(para) msgid "" "The function name/operator is always the first item in the parentheses, and the rest of the items are parameters to the function." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:57(para) msgid "" "However, not everything enclosed in parentheses is a function — they can also be items in a list — but we'll get to " "that later. This notation is referred to as prefix notation, because the function prefixes everything else. If you're familiar " "with postfix notation, or own a calculator that uses Reverse Polish Notation (such as most HP calculators), you should have no " "problem adapting to formulating expressions in Scheme." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:66(para) msgid "The third thing to understand is that:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:68(para) msgid "Mathematical operators are also considered functions, and thus are listed first when writing mathematical expressions." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:73(para) msgid "This follows logically from the prefix notation that we just mentioned." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:80(title) msgid "Examples Of Prefix, Infix, And Postfix Notations" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:81(para) msgid "" "Here are some quick examples illustrating the differences between prefix, infix, and " "postfix notations. We'll add a 1 and 23 together:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:88(para) msgid "Prefix notation: + 1 23 (the way Scheme will want it)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:94(para) msgid "Infix notation: 1 + 23 (the way we normally write it)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:100(para) msgid "Postfix notation: 1 23 + (the way many HP calculators will want it)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:109(title) msgid "Practicing In Scheme" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:110(para) msgid "" "Now, let's practice what we have just learned. Start up GIMP, if you have not already done so, and choose " "FiltersScript-FuConsole. This " "will start up the Script-Fu Console window, which allows us to work interactively in Scheme. In a matter of moments, the Script-" "Fu Console will appear:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:125(title) msgid "The Script-Fu Console Window" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:126(para) msgid "" "At the bottom of this window is an entry-field ought to be entitled Current Command. Here, we can test out " "simple Scheme commands interactively. Let's start out easy, and add some numbers:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:132(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(+ 3 5)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:133(para) msgid "Typing this in and hitting Enter yields the expected answer of 8 in the center window." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:138(title) msgid "Use Script-Fu Console." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:146(para) msgid "" "Now, what if we wanted to add more than one number? The + function can take two or more arguments, so this is not " "a problem:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:151(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(+ 3 5 6)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:152(para) msgid "This also yields the expected answer of 14." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:153(para) msgid "" "So far, so good — we type in a Scheme statement and it's executed immediately in the Script-Fu Console window. Now for a " "word of caution…" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:161(title) msgid "Watch Out For Extra Parentheses" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:162(para) msgid "" "If you're like me, you're used to being able to use extra parentheses whenever you want to — like when you're typing a " "complex mathematical equation and you want to separate the parts by parentheses to make it clearer when you read it. In Scheme, " "you have to be careful and not insert these extra parentheses incorrectly. For example, say we wanted to add 3 to the result of " "adding 5 and 6 together:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:171(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "3 + (5 + 6) + 7 = ?" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:172(para) msgid "Knowing that the + operator can take a list of numbers to add, you might be tempted to convert the above to the following:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:176(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(+ 3 (5 6) 7)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:177(para) msgid "" "However, this is incorrect — remember, every statement in Scheme starts and ends with parens, so the Scheme interpreter " "will think that you're trying to call a function named 5 in the second group of parens, rather than summing those " "numbers before adding them to 3." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:184(para) msgid "The correct way to write the above statement would be:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:185(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(+ 3 (+ 5 6) 7)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:189(title) msgid "Make Sure You Have The Proper Spacing, Too" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:190(para) msgid "" "If you are familiar with other programming languages, like C/C++, Perl or Java, you know that you don't need white space around " "mathematical operators to properly form an expression:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:196(literal) msgid "3+5, 3 +5, 3+ 5" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:198(para) msgid "" "These are all accepted by C/C++, Perl and Java compilers. However, the same is not true for Scheme. You must have a space after " "a mathematical operator (or any other function name or operator) in Scheme for it to be correctly interpreted by the Scheme " "interpreter." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:204(para) msgid "" "Practice a bit with simple mathematical equations in the Script-Fu Console until you're totally comfortable with these initial " "concepts." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:212(title) msgid "Variables And Functions" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:213(para) msgid "" "Now that we know that every Scheme statement is enclosed in parentheses, and that the function name/operator is listed first, we " "need to know how to create and use variables, and how to create and use functions. We'll start with the variables." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:221(title) msgid "Declaring Variables" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:222(para) msgid "" "Although there are a couple of different methods for declaring variables, the preferred method is to use the let* construct. If you're familiar with other programming languages, this construct is equivalent to defining a list of " "local variables and a scope in which they're active. As an example, to declare two variables, a and b, initialized to 1 and 2, " "respectively, you'd write:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:231(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (let*\n" " (\n" " (a 1)\n" " (b 2)\n" " )\n" " (+ a b)\n" " )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:240(para) msgid "or, as one line:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:241(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(let* ( (a 1) (b 2) ) (+ a b) )" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:243(para) msgid "" "You'll have to put all of this on one line if you're using the console window. In general, however, you'll want to adopt a " "similar practice of indentation to help make your scripts more readable. We'll talk a bit more about this in the section on " "White Space." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:250(para) msgid "This declares two local variables, a and b, initializes them, then prints the sum of the two variables." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:257(title) msgid "What Is A Local Variable?" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:258(para) msgid "" "You'll notice that we wrote the summation (+ a b) within the parens of the let* expression, not after " "it." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:262(para) msgid "" "This is because the let* statement defines an area in your script in which the declared variables are usable; if " "you type the (+ a b) statement after the (let* …) statement, you'll get an " "error, because the declared variables are only valid within the context of the let* statement; they are what " "programmers call local variables." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:274(title) msgid "The General Syntax Of let*" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:275(para) msgid "The general form of a let* statement is:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:276(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (let* ( variables )\n" " expressions )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:280(para) msgid "" "where variables are declared within parens, e.g., (a 2), and expressions are any valid Scheme " "expressions. Remember that the variables declared here are only valid within the let* statement — they're " "local variables." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:290(title) msgid "White Space" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:291(para) msgid "" "Previously, we mentioned the fact that you'll probably want to use indentation to help clarify and organize your scripts. This " "is a good policy to adopt, and is not a problem in Scheme — white space is ignored by the Scheme interpreter, and can thus " "be liberally applied to help clarify and organize the code within a script. However, if you're working in Script-Fu's Console " "window, you'll have to enter an entire expression on one line; that is, everything between the opening and closing parens of an " "expression must come on one line in the Script-Fu Console window." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:305(title) msgid "Assigning A New Value To A Variable" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:306(para) msgid "" "Once you've initialized a variable, you might need to change its value later on in the script. Use the set! " "statement to change the variable's value:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:311(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (let* ( (theNum 10) ) (set! theNum (+ theNum theNum)) )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:314(para) msgid "Try to guess what the above statement will do, then go ahead and enter it in the Script-Fu Console window." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:321(title) msgid "Functions" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:322(para) msgid "" "Now that you've got the hang of variables, let's get to work with some functions. You declare a function with the following " "syntax:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:326(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (define\n" " (\n" " name\n" " param-list\n" " )\n" " expressions\n" " )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:335(para) msgid "" "where name is the name assigned to this function, param-list is a space-" "delimited list of parameter names, and expressions is a series of expressions that the function " "executes when it's called. For example:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:342(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(define (AddXY inX inY) (+ inX inY) )" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:343(para) msgid "" "AddXY is the function's name and inX and inY are the variables. This " "function takes its two parameters and adds them together." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:349(para) msgid "" "If you've programmed in other imperative languages (like C/C++, Java, Pascal, etc.), you might notice that a couple of things " "are absent in this function definition when compared to other programming languages." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:356(para) msgid "" "First, notice that the parameters don't have any types (that is, we didn't declare them as strings, or integers, " "etc.). Scheme is a type-less language. This is handy and allows for quicker script writing." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:365(para) msgid "" "Second, notice that we don't need to worry about how to return the result of our function — the last " "statement is the value returned when calling this function. Type the function into the console, then try " "something like:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:372(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(AddXY (AddXY 5 6) 4)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:379(title) msgid "Lists, Lists And More Lists" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:380(para) msgid "We've trained you in variables and functions, and now enter the murky swamps of Scheme's lists." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:386(title) msgid "Defining A List" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:387(para) msgid "Before we talk more about lists, it is necessary that you know the difference between atomic values and lists." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:391(para) msgid "" "You've already seen atomic values when we initialized variables in the previous lesson. An atomic value is a single value. So, " "for example, we can assign the variable x the single value of 8 in the following statement:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:398(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(let* ( (x 8) ) x)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:399(para) msgid "" "(We added the expression x at the end to print out the value assigned to x—normally " "you won't need to do this. Notice how let* operates just like a function: The value of the last statement is the " "value returned.)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:405(para) msgid "" "A variable may also refer to a list of values, rather than a single value. To assign the variable x the list " "of values 1, 3, 5, we'd type:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:410(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(let* ( (x '(1 3 5))) x)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:411(para) msgid "" "Try typing both statements into the Script-Fu Console and notice how it replies. When you type the first statement in, it simply " "replies with the result:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:416(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "8" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:417(para) msgid "However, when you type in the other statement, it replies with the following result:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:421(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(1 3 5)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:422(para) msgid "" "When it replies with the value 8 it is informing you that x contains the atomic value 8. However, when it " "replies with (1 3 5), it is then informing you that x contains not a single " "value, but a list of values. Notice that there are no commas in our declaration or assignment of the list, nor in the printed " "result." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:431(para) msgid "The syntax to define a list is:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:432(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "'(a b c)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:433(para) msgid "" "where a, b, and c are literals. We use the apostrophe (') " "to indicate that what follows in the parentheses is a list of literal values, rather than a function or expression." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:440(para) msgid "An empty list can be defined as such:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:441(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "'()" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:442(para) msgid "or simply:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:443(programlisting) src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:562(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "()" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:444(para) msgid "Lists can contain atomic values, as well as other lists:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:445(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "(let*\n" " (\n" " (x\n" " '(\"GIMP\" (1 2 3) (\"is\" (\"great\" () ) ) )\n" " )\n" " )\n" " x\n" ")\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:455(para) msgid "" "Notice that after the first apostrophe, you no longer need to use an apostrophe when defining the inner lists. Go ahead and copy " "the statement into the Script-Fu Console and see what it returns." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:460(para) msgid "" "You should notice that the result returned is not a list of single, atomic values; rather, it is a list of a literal " "(\"The GIMP\"), the list (1 2 3), etc." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:468(title) msgid "How To Think Of Lists" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:469(para) msgid "" "It's useful to think of lists as composed of a head and a tail. The head is the first element of " "the list, the tail the rest of the list. You'll see why this is important when we discuss how to add to lists and how to access " "elements in the list." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:479(title) msgid "Creating Lists Through Concatenation (The Cons Function)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:480(para) msgid "" "One of the more common functions you'll encounter is the cons function. It takes a value and places it to its second argument, a " "list. From the previous section, I suggested that you think of a list as being composed of an element (the head) and the " "remainder of the list (the tail). This is exactly how cons functions — it adds an element to the head of a list. Thus, you " "could create a list as follows:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:489(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(cons 1 '(2 3 4) )" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:490(para) msgid "The result is the list (1 2 3 4)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:491(para) msgid "You could also create a list with one element:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:492(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(cons 1 () )" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:493(para) msgid "You can use previously declared variables in place of any literals, as you would expect." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:500(title) msgid "Defining A List Using The list Function" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:501(para) msgid "To define a list composed of literals or previously declared variables, use the list function:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:505(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(list 5 4 3 a b c)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:506(para) msgid "" "This will compose and return a list containing the values held by the variables a, b and " "c. For example:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:511(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (let* (\n" " (a 1)\n" " (b 2)\n" " (c 3)\n" " )\n" "\n" " (list 5 4 3 a b c)\n" " )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:521(para) msgid "This code creates the list (5 4 3 1 2 3)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:527(title) msgid "Accessing Values In A List" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:528(para) msgid "" "To access the values in a list, use the functions car and cdr, which return the first " "element of the list and the rest of the list, respectively. These functions break the list down into the head::tail construct I " "mentioned earlier." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:538(title) msgid "The car Function" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:539(para) msgid "" "car returns the first element of the list (the head of the list). The list needs to be non-null (not " "empty). Thus, the following returns the first element of the list:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:544(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(car '(\"first\" 2 \"third\"))" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:545(para) msgid "which is:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:546(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "\"first\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:550(title) msgid "The cdr function" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:551(para) msgid "" "cdr returns the remainder of the list after the first element (the tail of the list). If there is only one " "element in the list, it returns an empty list." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:556(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(cdr '(\"first\" 2 \"third\"))" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:557(para) src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:561(para) msgid "returns:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:558(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(2 \"third\")" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:559(para) msgid "whereas the following:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:560(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(cdr '(\"one and only\"))" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:566(title) msgid "Accessing Other Elements In A List" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:567(para) msgid "" "OK, great, we can get the first element in a list, as well as the rest of the list, but how do we access the second, third or " "other elements of a list? There exist several \"convenience\" functions to access, for example, the head of the head of the tail " "of a list (caadr), the tail of the tail of a list (cddr), etc." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:575(para) msgid "The basic naming convention is easy: The a's and d's represent the heads and tails of lists, so" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:579(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(car (cdr (car x) ) )" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:580(para) msgid "could be written as:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:581(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(cadar x)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:582(para) msgid "" "To get some practice with list-accessing functions, try typing in the following (except all on one line if you're using the " "console); use different variations of car and cdr to access the different elements of " "the list:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:588(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (let* (\n" " (x '( (1 2 (3 4 5) 6) 7 8 (9 10) )\n" " )\n" " )\n" " ; place your car/cdr code here\n" " )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:596(para) msgid "" "Try accessing the number 3 in the list using only two function calls. If you can do that, you're on your way to becoming a " "Script-Fu Master!" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:602(para) msgid "" "In Scheme, a semicolon (;) marks the beginning of a comment. It, and everything that follows it on the same line, " "are ignored by the script interpreter, so you can use this to add comments to refresh your memory when you look at the script " "later." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:613(title) msgid "Your First Script-Fu Script" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:614(para) msgid "" "Do you not need to stop and catch your breath? No? Well then, let's proceed with your fourth lesson — your first Script-Fu " "Script." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:621(title) msgid "Creating A Text Box Script" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:622(para) msgid "" "One of the most common operations I perform in GIMP is creating a box with some text in it for a web page, a " "logo or whatever. However, you never quite know how big to make the initial image when you start out. You don't know how much " "space the text will fill with the font and font size you want." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:630(para) msgid "" "The Script-Fu Master (and student) will quickly realize that this problem can easily be solved and automated with Script-Fu." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:635(para) msgid "" "We will, therefore, create a script, called Text Box, which creates an image correctly sized to fit snugly around a line of text " "the user inputs. We'll also let the user choose the font, font size and text color." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:644(title) msgid "Editing And Storing Your Scripts" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:645(para) msgid "" "Up until now, we've been working in the Script-Fu Console. Now, however, we're going to switch to editing script files. Script " "files should be plain text files that you can edit in a text or code editor. The name you give is not that important, except for " "being able to recognize the script. You should give your script file the extension .scm." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:653(para) msgid "" "Where you place your scripts is a matter of preference. In GIMP's folder " "preferences you can see in which folders GIMP looks for scripts. It is also possible to add a new folder there. The " "folder where GIMP stores its own scripts is usually not the best choice for your scripts, but for the rest feel free to choose " "what suits you best." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:665(title) msgid "The Bare Essentials" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:666(para) msgid "Every Script-Fu script defines at least one function, which is the script's main function. This is where you do the work." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:670(para) msgid "Every script must also register with the procedural database, so you can access it within GIMP." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:674(para) msgid "We'll define the main function first:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:675(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (define (script-fu-text-box inText inFont inFontSize inTextColor))\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:678(para) msgid "" "Here, we've defined a new function called script-fu-text-box that takes four parameters, which will later " "correspond to some text, a font, the font size, and the text's color. The function is currently empty and thus does nothing. So " "far, so good — nothing new, nothing fancy." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:689(title) msgid "Naming Conventions" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:690(para) msgid "" "Scheme's naming conventions seem to prefer lowercase letters with hyphens, which I've followed in the naming of the function. " "However, I've departed from the convention with the parameters. I like more descriptive names for my parameters and variables, " "and thus add the \"in\" prefix to the parameters so I can quickly see that they're values passed into the script, rather than " "created within it. I use the prefix \"the\" for variables defined within the script." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:699(para) msgid "" "It's GIMP convention to name your script functions script-fu-abc, because then when " "they're listed in the procedural database, they'll all show up under Script-Fu when you're listing the functions. This also " "helps distinguish them from plug-ins." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:709(title) msgid "Registering The Function" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:710(para) msgid "" "Now, let's register the function with GIMP. This is done by calling the function script-fu-" "register. When GIMP reads in a script, it will execute this function, which registers the script " "with the procedural database. You can place this function call wherever you wish in your script, but I usually place it at the " "end, after all my other code." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:719(para) msgid "Here's the listing for registering this function (I will explain all its parameters in a minute):" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:743(para) msgid "" "If you save these functions in a text file with a .scm suffix in your script directory, " "then choose FiltersScript-FuRefresh Scripts, this new script will appear as FileCreateTextText Box." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:760(para) msgid "" "If you invoke this new script, it won't do anything, of course, but you can view the prompts you created when registering the " "script (more information about what we did is covered next)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:765(para) msgid "" "Finally, if you invoke the Procedure Browser ( HelpProcedure Browser), you'll notice that our script now appears in the database." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:776(title) msgid "Steps For Registering The Script" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:777(para) msgid "" "To register our script with GIMP, we call the function script-fu-register, fill in the " "seven required parameters and add our script's own parameters, along with a description and default value for each parameter." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:784(title) msgid "The Required Parameters" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:786(para) msgid "" "The name of the function we defined. This is the function called when our script is invoked (the entry-" "point into our script). This is necessary because we may define additional functions within the same file, and GIMP needs to know which of these functions to call. In our example, we only defined one function, text-box, which we " "registered." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:797(para) msgid "" "The menu label is the name that will be shown in the menu. In previous versions of GIMP you could specify " "the menu location here, but that has changed. How to specify the location will be shown below." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:806(para) msgid "A description of your script, to be displayed in the Procedure Browser." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:812(para) msgid "Your name (the author of the script)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:817(para) msgid "Copyright information." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:820(para) msgid "The date the script was made, or the last revision of the script." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:826(para) msgid "" "The types of images the script works on. This may be any of the following: RGB, RGBA, GRAY, GRAYA, INDEXED, " "INDEXEDA. Or it may be none at all — in our case, we're creating an image, and thus don't need to define the type of image " "on which we work." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:839(title) msgid "Registering The Script's Parameters" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:840(para) msgid "" "Once we have listed the required parameters, we then need to list the parameters that correspond to the parameters our script " "needs. When we list these params, we give hints as to what their types are. This is for the dialog which pops up when the user " "selects our script. We also provide a default value." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:847(para) msgid "This section of the registration process has the following format:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:855(para) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:31(para) msgid "Param Type" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:858(para) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:34(para) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:54(segtitle) #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:98(segtitle) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:143(segtitle) #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:65(term) msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:861(para) msgid "Example" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:868(constant) msgid "SF-IMAGE" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:871(para) msgid "" "If your script operates on an open image, this should be the first parameter after the required parameters. GIMP will pass in a reference to the image in this parameter." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:879(para) msgid "3" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:884(constant) msgid "SF-DRAWABLE" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:887(para) msgid "" "If your script operates on an open image, this should be the second parameter after the SF-IMAGE param. It " "refers to the active layer. GIMP will pass in a reference to the active layer in this parameter." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:896(para) msgid "17" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:901(constant) msgid "SF-VALUE" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:904(para) msgid "" "Accepts numbers and strings. Note that quotes must be escaped for default text, so better use SF-STRING." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:911(para) msgid "42" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:916(constant) msgid "SF-STRING" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:919(para) msgid "Accepts strings." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:922(para) msgid "\"Some text\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:927(constant) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:88(constant) msgid "SF-COLOR" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:930(para) msgid "Indicates that a color is requested in this parameter." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:935(para) msgid "'(0 102 255)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:940(constant) msgid "SF-TOGGLE" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:943(para) msgid "A checkbox is displayed, to get a Boolean value." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:948(para) msgid "TRUE or FALSE" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:958(title) msgid "Registering the Menu Location" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:959(para) msgid "Once we have registered our script, we need to tell GIMP where it should be found in the menu." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:963(para) msgid "" "The best menu location of your script depends on its function. Most scripts are found in the Filters and " "Colors menus." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:968(para) msgid "" "For the current script, which creates a new image, we choose a submenu of FileCreate. This is what the line with the script-fu-menu-register function does. Thus, we registered " "our Text Box script here: FileCreateTextText Box." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:985(para) msgid "" "If you notice, the Text sub-menu in the File/Create menu wasn't there when we began —GIMP automatically " "creates any menus not already existing." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:991(title) msgid "The menu of our script." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1003(title) msgid "Giving Our Script Some Guts" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1004(para) msgid "Let us continue with our training and add some functionality to our script." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1010(title) msgid "Creating A New Image" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1011(para) msgid "" "In the previous lesson, we created an empty function and registered it with GIMP. In this lesson, we want to " "provide functionality to our script — we want to create a new image, add the user's text to it and resize the image to fit " "the text exactly." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1017(para) msgid "" "Once you know how to set variables, define functions and access list members, the rest is all downhill — all you need to " "do is familiarize yourself with the functions available in GIMP's procedural database and call those " "functions directly. So fire up the and let's get cookin'!" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1025(para) msgid "" "Let's begin by making a new image. We'll create a new variable, theImage, set to the result of calling " "GIMP's built-in function gimp-image-new." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1031(para) msgid "" "As you can see from the DB Browser, the function gimp-image-new takes three parameters — the image's " "width, height and the type of image. Because we'll later resize the image to fit the text, we'll make a 10x10 pixels " "RGB image. We'll store the image's width and sizes in some variables, too, as we'll refer to and manipulate " "them later in the script." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1041(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (define (script-fu-text-box inText inFont inFontSize inTextColor)\n" " (let*\n" " (\n" " ; define our local variables\n" " ; create a new image:\n" " (theImageWidth 10)\n" " (theImageHeight 10)\n" " (theImage (car\n" " (gimp-image-new\n" " theImageWidth\n" " theImageHeight\n" " RGB\n" " )\n" " )\n" " )\n" " (theText) ;a declaration for the text\n" " ;we create later\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1060(para) msgid "" "Note: We used the value RGB to specify that the image is an RGB image. We could have also used " "0, but RGB is more descriptive when we glance at the code." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1066(para) msgid "" "You should also notice that we took the head of the result of the function call. This may seem strange, because the database " "explicitly tells us that it returns only one value — the ID of the newly created image. However, all GIMP functions return a list, even if there is only one element in the list, so we need to get the head of the list." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1077(title) msgid "Adding A New Layer To The Image" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1078(para) msgid "" "Now that we have an image, we need to add a layer to it. We'll call the gimp-layer-new function to create " "the layer, passing in the ID of the image we just created. (From now on, instead of listing the complete function, we'll only " "list the lines we're adding to it. You can see the complete script here.) Because we've declared all of the local variables we'll use, we'll also close the parentheses marking the end of our " "variable declarations:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1090(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " ;create a new layer for the image:\n" " (theLayer\n" " (car\n" " (gimp-layer-new\n" " theImage\n" " theImageWidth\n" " theImageHeight\n" " RGB-IMAGE\n" " \"layer 1\"\n" " 100\n" " LAYER-MODE-NORMAL\n" " )\n" " )\n" " )\n" " ) ;end of our local variables\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1107(para) msgid "Once we have the new layer, we need to add it to the image:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1108(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (gimp-image-insert-layer theImage theLayer 0 0)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1111(para) msgid "Now, just for fun, let's see the fruits of our labors up until this point, and add this line to show the new, empty image:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1115(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(gimp-display-new theImage)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1116(para) msgid "" "Save your work, select FiltersScript-FuRefresh Scripts, run the script and a new image should pop up. It will probably contain garbage (random colors), " "because we haven't erased it. We'll get to that in a second." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1130(title) msgid "Adding The Text" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1131(para) msgid "" "Go ahead and remove the line to display the image (or comment it out with a (;) as the first character of the line)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1135(para) msgid "" "Before we add text to the image, we need to set the background and foreground colors so that the text appears in the color the " "user specified. We'll use the gimp-context-set-back/foreground functions:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1141(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (gimp-context-set-background '(255 255 255) )\n" " (gimp-context-set-foreground inTextColor)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1145(para) msgid "" "With the colors properly set, let's now clean out the garbage currently in the image by filling the drawable with the background " "color:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1150(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (gimp-drawable-fill theLayer BACKGROUND-FILL)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1153(para) msgid "With the image cleared, we're ready to add some text:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1154(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (set! theText\n" " (car\n" " (gimp-text-fontname\n" " theImage theLayer\n" " 0 0\n" " inText\n" " 0\n" " TRUE\n" " inFontSize PIXELS\n" " inFont)\n" " )\n" " )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1168(para) msgid "" "Although a long function call, it's fairly straightforward if you go over the parameters while looking at the function's entry " "in the DB Browser. Basically, we're creating a new text layer and assigning it to the variable theText." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1175(para) msgid "Now that we have the text, we can grab its width and height and resize the image and the image's layer to the text's size:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1179(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (set! theImageWidth (car (gimp-drawable-width theText) ) )\n" " (set! theImageHeight (car (gimp-drawable-height theText) ) )\n" "\n" " (gimp-image-resize theImage theImageWidth theImageHeight 0 0)\n" "\n" " (gimp-layer-resize theLayer theImageWidth theImageHeight 0 0)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1187(para) msgid "" "If you're like me, you're probably wondering what a drawable is when compared to a layer. The difference between the two is that " "a drawable is anything that can be drawn into, including layers but also channels, layer masks, the selection, etc; a layer is a " "more specific version of a drawable. In most cases, the distinction is not important." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1195(para) msgid "With the image ready to go, we can now re-add our display line:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1198(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (gimp-display-new theImage)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1201(para) msgid "Save your work, refresh the database and give your first script a run!" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1207(title) msgid "Clearing The Dirty Flag" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1208(para) msgid "" "If you try to close the image created without first saving the file, GIMP will ask you if you want to save " "your work before you close the image. It asks this because the image is marked as dirty, or unsaved. In the case of our script, " "this is a nuisance for the times when we simply give it a test run and don't add or change anything in the resulting image " "— that is, our work is easily reproducible in such a simple script, so it makes sense to get rid of this dirty flag." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1218(para) msgid "To do this, we can clear the dirty flag after displaying the image:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1221(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (gimp-image-clean-all theImage)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1224(para) msgid "This will set dirty count to 0, making it appear to be a clean image." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1228(para) msgid "" "Whether to add this line or not is a matter of personal taste. I use it in scripts that produce new images, where the results " "are trivial, as in this case. If your script is very complicated, or if it works on an existing image, you will probably not " "want to use this function." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1238(title) msgid "Extending The Text Box Script" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1240(title) msgid "Handling Undo Correctly" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1241(para) msgid "" "When creating a script, you want to give your users the ability to undo their actions, should they make a mistake. This is " "easily accomplished by calling the functions gimp-undo-push-group-start and gimp-undo-push-group-" "end around the code that manipulates the image. You can think of them as matched statements that let GIMP know when to start and stop recording manipulations on the image, so that those manipulations can later be undone." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1252(para) msgid "" "If you are creating a new image entirely, it doesn't make sense to use these functions because you're not changing an existing " "image. However, when you are changing an existing image, you most surely want to use these functions." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1258(para) msgid "Undoing a script works nearly flawlessly when using these functions." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1264(title) msgid "Extending The Script A Little More" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1265(para) msgid "Now that we have a very handy-dandy script to create text boxes, let's add two features to it:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1271(para) msgid "" "Currently, the image is resized to fit exactly around the text — there's no room for anything, like drop shadows or " "special effects (even though many scripts will automatically resize the image as necessary). Let's add a buffer around the text, " "and even let the user specify how much buffer to add as a percentage of the size of the resultant text." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1281(para) msgid "" "This script could easily be used in other scripts that work with text. Let's extend it so that it returns the image and the " "layers, so other scripts can call this script and use the image and layers we create." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1292(title) msgid "Modifying The Parameters And The Registration Function" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1295(para) msgid "To let the user specify the amount of buffer, we'll add a parameter to our function and the registration function:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1299(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (define (script-fu-text-box inTest inFont inFontSize inTextColor inBufferAmount)\n" " (let*\n" " (\n" " ; define our local variables\n" " ; create a new image:\n" " (theImageWidth 10)\n" " (theImageHeight 10)\n" " (theImage (car\n" " (gimp-image-new\n" " theImageWidth\n" " theImageHeight\n" " RGB\n" " )\n" " )\n" " )\n" " (theText) ;a declaration for the text\n" " ;we create later\n" "\n" " (theBuffer) ;added\n" "\n" " (theLayer\n" " (car\n" " (gimp-layer-new\n" " theImage\n" " theImageWidth\n" " theImageHeight\n" " RGB-IMAGE\n" " \"layer 1\"\n" " 100\n" " LAYER-MODE-NORMAL\n" " )\n" " )\n" " )\n" " ) ;end of our local variables\n" "\n" " [Code here]\n" " )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1363(title) msgid "Adding The New Code" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1364(para) msgid "" "We're going to add code in two places: right before we resize the image, and at the end of the script (to return the new image, " "the layer and the text)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1369(para) msgid "" "After we get the text's height and width, we need to resize these values based on the buffer amount specified by the user. We " "won't do any error checking to make sure it's in the range of 0-100% because it's not life-threatening, and because there's no " "reason why the user can't enter a value like 200 as the percent of buffer to add." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1377(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (set! theBuffer (* theImageHeight (/ inBufferAmount 100) ) )\n" "\n" " (set! theImageHeight (+ theImageHeight theBuffer theBuffer) )\n" " (set! theImageWidth (+ theImageWidth theBuffer theBuffer) )\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1383(para) msgid "" "All we're doing here is setting the buffer based on the height of the text, and adding it twice to both the height and width of " "our new image. (We add it twice to both dimensions because the buffer needs to be added to both sides of the text.)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1389(para) msgid "" "Now that we have resized the image to allow for a buffer, we need to center the text within the image. This is done by moving it " "to the (x, y) coordinates of (theBuffer, theBuffer). I added this line after resizing the " "layer and the image:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1396(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (gimp-layer-set-offsets theText theBuffer theBuffer)\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1399(para) msgid "Go ahead and save your script, and try it out after refreshing the database." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1403(para) msgid "All that is left to do is return our image, the layer, and the text layer. After displaying the image, we add this line:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1407(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "(list theImage theLayer theText)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1408(para) msgid "This is the last line of the function, making this list available to other scripts that want to use it." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1412(para) msgid "To use our new text box script in another script, we could write something like the following:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1416(programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " (set! theResult (script-fu-text-box\n" " \"Some text\"\n" " \"Charter\" \"30\"\n" " '(0 0 0)\n" " \"35\"\n" " )\n" " )\n" " (gimp-image-flatten (car theResult))\n" " " msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1426(para) msgid "Congratulations, you are on your way to your Black Belt of Script-Fu!" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1433(title) msgid "Your script and its working" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1435(title) msgid "What you write" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1436(para) msgid "Below the complete script:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1524(title) msgid "What you obtain" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1526(title) msgid "And the result on the screen." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:10(para) msgid "This section is not part of the original tutorial." msgstr "Dette afsnit er ikke en del af den oprindelige vejledning." #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:9(title) msgid "The Script-Fu parameter API" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:16(para) msgid "" "Beside the above parameter types there are more types for the interactive mode, each of them will create a widget in the control " "dialog. You will find a list of these parameters with descriptions and examples in the test script plug-ins/script-fu/" "scripts/test-sphere.scm shipped with the GIMP source code." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:41(constant) msgid "SF-ADJUSTMENT" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:44(para) msgid "Creates an adjustment widget in the dialog." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:47(para) msgid "SF-ADJUSTMENT \"label\" '(value lower upper step_inc page_inc digits type)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:52(title) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:96(title) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:141(title) msgid "Widget arguments list" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:53(segtitle) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:97(segtitle) #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:142(segtitle) msgid "Element" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:56(seg) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:100(seg) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:145(seg) msgid "\"label\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:57(seg) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:101(seg) src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:146(seg) msgid "Text printed before the widget." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:60(seg) msgid "value" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:61(seg) msgid "Value print at the start." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:64(seg) msgid "lower / upper" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:65(seg) msgid "The lower / upper values (range of choice)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:68(seg) msgid "step_inc" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:69(seg) msgid "Increment/decrement value." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:72(seg) msgid "page_inc" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:73(seg) msgid "Increment/decrement value using page key." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:76(seg) msgid "digits" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:77(seg) msgid "Digits after the point (decimal part)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:80(seg) msgid "type" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:81(seg) msgid "One of: SF-SLIDER or 0, SF-SPINNER or 1" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:91(para) msgid "Creates a color button in the dialog." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:92(para) msgid "SF-COLOR \"label\" '(red green blue)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:93(para) msgid "or" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:94(para) msgid "SF-COLOR \"label\" \"color\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:104(seg) msgid "'(red green blue)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:105(seg) msgid "List of three values for the red, green and blue components." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:110(seg) msgid "\"color\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:111(seg) msgid "Color name in CSS notation." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:118(constant) msgid "SF-FONT" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:121(para) msgid "" "Creates a font-selection widget in the dialog. It returns a fontname as a string. There are two new gimp-text procedures to ease " "the use of this return parameter:" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:126(para) msgid "(gimp-text-fontname image drawable x-pos y-pos text border antialias size unit font)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:130(para) msgid "(gimp-text-get-extents-fontname text size unit font)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:133(para) msgid "" "where font is the fontname you get. The size specified in the fontname is silently ignored. It is only used in the font-" "selector. So you are asked to set it to a useful value (24 pixels is a good choice)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:139(para) msgid "SF-FONT \"label\" \"fontname\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:149(seg) msgid "\"fontname\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:150(seg) msgid "Name of the default font." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:157(constant) msgid "SF-BRUSH" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:160(para) msgid "" "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a preview area (which when pressed will produce a popup " "preview ) and a button with the \"...\" label. The button will popup a dialog where brushes can be selected and each of the " "characteristics of the brush can be modified." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:167(para) msgid "SF-BRUSH \"Brush\" '(\"Circle (03)\" 100 44 0)" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:168(para) msgid "" "Here the brush dialog will be popped up with a default brush of Circle (03) opacity 100 spacing 44 and paint mode of Normal " "(value 0)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:173(para) msgid "If this selection was unchanged the value passed to the function as a parameter would be '(\"Circle (03)\" 100 44 0)." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:181(constant) msgid "SF-PATTERN" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:184(para) msgid "" "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a preview area (which when pressed will produce a popup " "preview ) and a button with the \"...\" label. The button will popup a dialog where patterns can be selected." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:190(para) msgid "SF-PATTERN \"Pattern\" \"Maple Leaves\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:191(para) msgid "" "The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the pattern name. If the above selection was not altered " "the string would contain \"Maple Leaves\"." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:200(constant) msgid "SF-GRADIENT" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:203(para) msgid "" "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a button containing a preview of the selected gradient." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:208(para) msgid "If the button is pressed a gradient selection dialog will popup." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:211(para) msgid "SF-GRADIENT \"Gradient\" \"Deep Sea\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:212(para) msgid "" "The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the gradient name. If the above selection was not altered " "the string would contain \"Deep Sea\"." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:221(constant) msgid "SF-PALETTE" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:224(para) msgid "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a button containing the name of the selected palette." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:229(para) msgid "If the button is pressed a palette selection dialog will popup." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:232(para) msgid "SF-PALETTE \"Palette\" \"Named Colors\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:233(para) msgid "" "The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the palette name. If the above selection was not altered " "the string would contain \"Named Colors\"." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:242(constant) msgid "SF-FILENAME" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:245(para) msgid "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a button containing the name of a file." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:249(para) msgid "If the button is pressed a file selection dialog will popup." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:252(para) msgid "SF-FILENAME \"label\" (string-append \"\" gimp-data-directory \"/scripts/beavis.jpg\")" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:256(para) msgid "The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the filename." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:264(constant) msgid "SF-DIRNAME" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:267(para) msgid "" "Only useful in interactive mode. Very similar to SF-FILENAME, but the created widget allows to choose a directory instead of a " "file." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:272(para) msgid "SF-DIRNAME \"label\" \"/var/tmp/images\"" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:275(para) msgid "The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the dirname." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:283(constant) msgid "SF-OPTION" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:286(para) msgid "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget is a combo-box showing the options that are passed as a list." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:290(para) msgid "The first option is the default choice." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:291(para) msgid "SF-OPTION \"label\" '(\"option1\" \"option2\")" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:294(para) msgid "The value returned when the script is invoked is the number of the chosen option, where the option first is counted as 0." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:302(constant) msgid "SF-ENUM" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:305(para) msgid "" "It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget is a combo-box showing all enum values for the given enum type. This " "has to be the name of a registered enum, without the \"Gimp\" prefix. The second parameter specifies the default value, using " "the enum value's nick." msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:312(para) msgid "SF-ENUM \"Interpolation\" '(\"InterpolationType\" \"linear\")" msgstr "" #: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:315(para) msgid "The value returned when the script is invoked corresponds to chosen enum value." msgstr "" # Mode er overflødig #: src/using/qmask.xml:11(title) msgid "Using QuickMask Mode" msgstr "Brug af ekspresmaske" #: src/using/qmask.xml:14(primary) msgid "Masks" msgstr "Masker" #: src/using/qmask.xml:15(secondary) msgid "Quick Mask" msgstr "Ekspresmaske" #: src/using/qmask.xml:16(tertiary) msgid "Using Quick Mask" msgstr "Brug ekspresmaske" #: src/using/qmask.xml:21(para) msgid "Open an image or begin a new document." msgstr "Åbn et billede eller opret et nyt dokument." #: src/using/qmask.xml:24(para) msgid "" "Activate QuickMask mode using the left-bottom button in the image window. If a selection is present the mask is initialized with " "the content of the selection." msgstr "" "Aktivér ekspresmaske med knappen nederst til venstre i billedvinduet (eller med SkiftQ). Er der allerede en markering, vil masken maskere det ikkemarkerede område." #: src/using/qmask.xml:31(para) msgid "" "Choose any drawing tool. Paint on the QuickMask with black to remove selected areas, and paint with white to add selected areas. " "Use gray colors to partially select areas." msgstr "" "Vælg en et maleværktøj. Mal på ekspresmasken med sort for at fjerne udvalgte områder og mal med hvid for at tilføje udvalgte " "områder. Brug grå farver til delvis markering af områder." #: src/using/qmask.xml:36(para) msgid "" "You can also use selection tools and fill these selections with the Bucket Fill tool; this does not destroy the QuickMask " "selections!" msgstr "" "Du kan også bruge markeringsværktøjer og udfylde markeringerne med værktøjet spandudfyldning; det ødelægger ikke " "ekspresmaskemarkeringerne!" #: src/using/qmask.xml:42(para) msgid "" "Toggle QuickMask mode off using the left-bottom button in the image window: the selection will be displayed with marching ants." msgstr "" "Slå ekspresmaske til og fra med knappen nederst til venstre i billedvinduet; markeringen vil blive vist med marcherende myrer." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/photography.xml:794(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/dialogs/stock-vchain-24.png'; md5=7c1f223b72d0d77f316a2ee9b96a08fb" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/photography.xml:11(title) msgid "Working with Digital Camera Photos" msgstr "Arbejd med billeder fra digitalkameraer" #: src/using/photography.xml:13(primary) msgid "Photography" msgstr "Fotografering" #: src/using/photography.xml:17(title) src/using/getting-unstuck-intro.xml:5(title) msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Indledning" #: src/using/photography.xml:18(para) msgid "" "One of the most common uses of GIMP is to fix digital camera images that for some reason are less than perfect. Maybe the image " "is overexposed or underexposed; maybe rotated a bit; maybe out of focus: these are all common problems for which GIMP has good " "tools. The purpose of this chapter is to give you an overview of those tools and the situations in which they are useful. You " "will not find detailed tutorials here: in most cases it is easier to learn how to use the tools by experimenting with them than " "by reading about them. (Also, each tool is described more thoroughly in the Help section devoted to it.) You will also not find " "anything in this chapter about the multitude of \"special effects\" that you can apply to an image using GIMP. You should be " "familiar with basic GIMP concepts before reading this chapter, but you certainly don't need to be an expert–if you are, you " "probably know most of this anyway. And don't hesitate to experiment: GIMP's powerful \"undo\" system allows you to recover from " "almost any mistake with a simple CtrlZ." msgstr "" "En af de mest almindelige anvendelser af GIMP er til forbedring af billeder taget med digitalkameraer, som af den ene eller " "anden grund ikke er perfekte: Billedet kan være over- eller undereksponeret, en smule roteret eller lidt ude af fokus. Disse " "almindelige problemer har GIMP gode værktøjer til at løse. Formålet med dette kapitel er at give dig et overblik over disse " "værktøjer og de situationer, de kan bruges til. Dette er ikke en detaljeret vejledning: I mange tilfælde er det lettere at lære " "at bruge værktøjerne ved at eksperimentere med dem end ved at læse om dem (værktøjerne er beskrevet mere grundigt i deres " "hjælpeafsnit). Du vil heller ikke i dette kapitel finde noget om de mange “specielle effekter”, som kan påføres et billede i " "GIMP. Du bør være bekendt med GIMP-begreberne, inden du læser dette kapitel, men det er ikke nødvendigt at være ekspert — hvis " "du er, kender du sandsynligvis allerede til det meste af dette. Tøv ikke med at eksperimentere: GIMPs stærke “fortryd”-system " "lader dig råde bod på næsten enhver fejl ved at trykke CtrlZ." #: src/using/photography.xml:36(para) msgid "" "Most commonly the things that you want to do to clean up an imperfect photo are of four types: improving the composition; " "improving the colors; improving the sharpness; and removing artifacts or other undesirable elements of the image." msgstr "" "De fire mest almindelige typer arbejde med ufuldkomne fotografier er: forbedring af komposition, forbedring af farver, " "forbedring af skarphed og fjernelse af artefakter eller andre uønskede elementer i billedet." #: src/using/photography.xml:45(title) msgid "Improving Composition" msgstr "Forbedr kompositionen" #: src/using/photography.xml:48(title) msgid "Rotating an Image" msgstr "Rotér et billede" # Det er ikke nødvendigt "at være inde i billedet" # Der kommer ikke noget gitter - det skal vælges i værktøjsindstillinger #: src/using/photography.xml:49(para) msgid "" "It is easy, when taking a picture, to hold the camera not quite perfectly vertical, resulting in a picture where things are " "tilted at an angle. In GIMP, the way to fix this is to use the Rotate tool. Activate " "this by clicking its icon in the " "Toolbox, or by pressing the ShiftR while inside the image. Make sure the " "Tool Options are visible, and at the top, make sure for Transform: that the left button (Transform Layer) is selected. If you then click the mouse inside the image and drag it, you will see a grid appear that rotates as you " "drag. When the grid looks right, click Rotate or press Enter, and the image will be " "rotated." msgstr "" "Ofte holder man ikke kameraet helt lodret eller vandret, når man tager et billede, hvilket giver et billede, hvor tingene er " "lidt skæve. I GIMP kan billedet rettes op med værktøjet Rotation. Værktøjet aktiveres " "ved at klikke dets ikon i værktøjskassen " "eller ved at trykke SkiftR. Sikr dig, at værktøjsindstillingerne er " "synlige og øverst og at den venstre knap (Lag) ud for Transformering: er valgt. Klikker-og-trækker " "du med musen inde i billedet, kommer der et gitter, som roterer, mens du trækker. Klik Rotér eller tryk " "Enter, når gitteret ser rigtigt ud, og billedet vil blive roteret." #: src/using/photography.xml:68(para) msgid "" "Now as a matter of fact, it isn't so easy to get things right by this method: you often find that things are better but not " "quite perfect. One solution is to rotate a bit more, but there is a disadvantage to that approach. Each time you rotate an " "image, because the rotated pixels don't line up precisely with the original pixels, the image inevitably gets blurred a little " "bit. For a single rotation, the amount of blurring is quite small, but two rotations cause twice as much blurring as one, and " "there is no reason to blur things more than you have to. A better alternative is to undo the rotation and then do another, " "adjusting the angle." msgstr "" "Det er faktisk ikke så nemt at få et perfekt resultat på denne måde: Ofte bliver det bedre, men ikke helt perfekt. En løsning er " "at rotere billeder lidt mere, men der er en ulempe ved den tilgang. Fordi de roterede pixels ikke flugter med de oprindelige " "pixels, bliver billedet en smule sløret, hver gang det roteres. Ved en enkelt rotation er graden af sløring meget lille, men to " "rotationer giver dobbelt så meget sløring, og der er ingen grund til at sløre ting mere end højst nødvendigt. Det er bedre at " "fortryde rotationen og derefter rotere igen med en anden vinkel." #: src/using/photography.xml:80(para) msgid "" "Fortunately, GIMP provides another way of doing it that is considerably easier to use: in the Rotate Tool Options, for the " "Transform Direction you can select \"Backward (Corrective)\". When you do this, instead of rotating the grid to compensate for " "the error, you can rotate it to line up with the error. If this seems confusing, try it and you will see " "that it is quite straightforward." msgstr "" "Heldigvis kan det gøres på en nemmere måde i GIMP: Under Retning i værktøjsindstillingerne markeres “Korrigerende (tilbage)”. I " "stedet for at rotere gitteret for at kompensere for fejlen kan du rotere det til at flugte med fejlen. " "Virker det forvirrende, så prøv det, og du vil se, at det er ligetil." #: src/using/photography.xml:90(para) msgid "" "There is an option to preview the results of transformations, instead of just seeing a grid. This makes it easier to get things " "right on the first try." msgstr "" "Det er muligt at få forhåndsvist resultatet af transformeringer i stedet for bare at se gitteret. På den måde er det nemmere at " "få det rigtigt første gang." #: src/using/photography.xml:96(para) msgid "" "After you have rotated an image, there will be unpleasant triangular \"holes\" at the corners. One way to fix them is to create " "a background that fills the holes with some unobtrusive or neutral color, but usually a better solution is to crop the image. " "The greater the rotation, the more cropping is required, so it is best to get the camera aligned as well as possible when you " "take the picture in the first place." msgstr "" "Når du har roteret et billede, vil der være ubehagelige trekantede huller i hjørnerne. En måde at løse det på er at lave en " "baggrund, som udfylder hullerne med en diskret eller neutral farve, men det vil som regel være en bedre løsning at beskære " "billedet. Jo større rotation, desto mere beskæring er nødvendig, så det er bedst at få kameraet i den rette vinkel fra starten " "af." #: src/using/photography.xml:108(title) msgid "Cropping" msgstr "Beskær" #: src/using/photography.xml:109(para) msgid "" "When you take a picture with a digital camera, you have some control over what gets included in the image but often not as much " "as you would like: the result is images that could benefit from trimming. Beyond this, it is often possible to enhance the " "impact of an image by trimming it so that the most important elements are placed at key points. A rule of thumb, not always to " "be followed but good to keep in mind, is the rule of thirds, which says that maximum impact is obtained by " "placing the center of interest one-third of the way across the image, both widthwise and heightwise." msgstr "" "Når du tager et billede med et digitalkamera, har du nogen kontrol over, hvad der kommer med på billedet, men tit ikke så meget " "som du kunne tænke dig: Resultatet er billeder, som kunne have godt af lidt tilpasning. Derudover er det ofte muligt at forbedre " "et billedes indvirkning ved at tilpasse det, så de vigtigste elementer er placeret på nøglepunkter. En tommelfingerregel, som " "ikke altid skal følges, men er god at have i baghovedet, er tredjedelsreglen, som siger, at maksimal indvirkning " "opnås ved at placere det mest interessante en tredjedel inde på billedet både i længde- og højderetningen." #: src/using/photography.xml:121(para) msgid "" "To crop an image, activate the Crop tool in the Toolbox, or by pressing " "ShiftC while inside the image. With the tool active, clicking and " "dragging in the image will sweep out a crop rectangle. When everything is perfect, hit Enter. Note: if " "Delete cropped pixels in Crop Tool Options is disabled, the cropped part will not be removed from the " "image, only the visible image area will be adjusted." msgstr "" "Et billede beskæres ved at aktivere værktøjet Beskæring i værktøjskassen eller ved at " "trykke SkiftC. Når værktøjet er aktivt, vil klik-og-træk i billedet give " "et beskæringsrektangel. Når alt er som ønsket, skal du trykke på Enter. Bemærk: Hvis Slet beskårede " "pixels i beskæringsværktøjets indstillinger er deaktiveret, vil den beskårne del ikke blive fjernet fra billedet, " "kun det synlige billedområde vil blive justeret." #: src/using/photography.xml:136(title) msgid "Improving Colors" msgstr "Forbedr farver" #: src/using/photography.xml:139(title) msgid "Automated Tools" msgstr "Automatiserede værktøjer" #: src/using/photography.xml:140(para) msgid "" "In spite of sophisticated exposure-control systems, pictures taken with digital cameras often come out over- or under-exposed, " "or with color casts due to imperfections in lighting. GIMP gives you a variety of tools to correct colors in an image, ranging " "to automated tools that run with a simple button-click to highly sophisticated tools that give you many parameters of control. " "We will start with the simplest first." msgstr "" "Til trods for sofistikerede systemer til kontrol af eksponering er billeder taget med digitalkameraer ofte over- eller " "undereksponerede eller har farvestik pga. mangelfuld belysning. GIMP har flere forskellige værktøjer til korrektion af farverne " "i et billede lige fra automatiserede værktøjer, som kun kræver et enkelt klik, til meget sofistikerede værktøjer, der har mange " "indstillingsmuligheder. Lad os begynde med de enkleste." #: src/using/photography.xml:149(para) msgid "" "GIMP gives you several automated color correction tools. Unfortunately they don't usually give you quite the results you are " "looking for, but they only take a moment to try out, and if nothing else they often give you an idea of some of the " "possibilities inherent in the image. Except for \"Auto Levels\", you can find these tools by following the menu path " "ColorsAuto in the image menu." msgstr "" "GIMP har flere automatiserede værktøjer til korrektion af farver. Desværre giver de ofte ikke det resultat, man er ude efter, " "men det tager kun et øjeblik at prøve dem, og om ikke andet giver de ofte en idé om, hvilke muligheder billedet har for " "forbedring. Med undtagelse af “Automatiske niveauer” findes værktøjerne under FarverAuto i billedmenuen." #: src/using/photography.xml:162(para) msgid "Here they are, with a few words about each:" msgstr "Her følger en kort beskrivelse af hver enkel:" #: src/using/photography.xml:166(guimenuitem) msgid "Equalize" msgstr "Udlign" #: src/using/photography.xml:169(para) msgid "" "This is a very powerful adjustment that tries to spread the colors in the image evenly across the range of possible intensities. " "In some cases the effect is amazing, bringing out contrasts that are very difficult to get in any other way; but more commonly, " "it just makes the image look weird. Oh well, it only takes a moment to try." msgstr "" "Dette er en meget effektfuld justering, som prøver at sprede billedets farver jævnt ud over de mulige intensiteter. Nogle gange " "er resultatet fantastisk med en kontrast, som er svær at opnå på anden vis; men almindeligvis kommer billedet bare til at se " "underligt ud. Nå, men det tager kun et øjeblik at prøve." #: src/using/photography.xml:181(guimenuitem) msgid "Color Enhance" msgstr "Farveforbedring" #: src/using/photography.xml:184(para) msgid "" "This command increases the saturation range of the colors in the layer, without altering brightness or hue. So this command does " "not work on grayscale images." msgstr "" "Kommandoen forøger mætningsområdet for farverne i laget uden at ændre lysstyrke eller farvetone. Kommandoen virker derfor ikke " "på gråtonebilleder." #: src/using/photography.xml:193(guimenuitem) msgid "Stretch Contrast" msgstr "Stræk kontrast" #: src/using/photography.xml:196(para) msgid "" "This is useful for underexposed images: it adjusts the whole image until the brightest point is right at the saturation limit, " "and the darkest point is black. The downside is that the amount of brightening is determined entirely by the lightest and " "darkest points in the image, so even one single white pixel and/or one single black pixel will make normalization ineffective. " "It operates on the red, green, and blue channels independently. It often has the useful effect of reducing color casts." msgstr "" "Det er nyttigt til undereksponerede billeder: Det justerer hele billedet jævnt indtil det lyseste punkt er ved mætningsgrænsen, " "og det mørkeste punkt er sort. Ulempen er, at hvor meget billedet gøres lysere afhænger udelukkende af de lyseste og mørkeste " "punkter i billedet, så bare en enkelt hvid pixel og/eller en enkelt sort pixel vil gøre normalisering uvirksom. Det virker " "uafhængigt på den røde, grønne og blå kanal. Det fjerner ofte farvestik." #: src/using/photography.xml:210(guimenuitem) msgid "Stretch Contrast HSV" msgstr "Stræk HSV-kontrast" #: src/using/photography.xml:213(para) msgid "Does the same as Stretch Contrast but works in HSV color space, rather than RGB color space. It preserves the Hue." msgstr "Gør det samme som Stræk kontrast, men arbejder i HSV-farverummet i stedet for RGB-farverummet. Den bevarer farvetonen." #: src/using/photography.xml:221(guimenuitem) msgid "White balance" msgstr "Hvidbalance" #: src/using/photography.xml:224(para) msgid "" "This may enhance images with poor white or black by removing little used colors and stretch the remaining range as much as " "possible." msgstr "" "Kan forbedre billeder med dårlig sort eller hvid ved at fjerne sjældent brugte farver og strække det resterende område så meget " "som muligt." #: src/using/photography.xml:233(guimenuitem) msgid "Auto Levels" msgstr "Automatiske niveauer" # Menupunktet Farveværktøjer findes ikke i 2.10, men jeg lader det stå indtil videre #: src/using/photography.xml:236(para) msgid "" "This is done by activating the Levels tool (ToolsColor ToolsLevels or ColorsLevels in the image menu), and then pressing the Auto button near the center of the " "dialog. You will see a preview of the result; you must press Okay for it to take effect. Pressing " "Cancel instead will cause your image to revert to its previous state." msgstr "" "Dette gøres ved at åbne værktøjet Niveauer (VærktøjerFarveværktøjerNiveauer eller FarverNiveauer i billedmenuen) og trykke på knappenAuto-inputniveauer i dialogen. Er " "indstillingen Forhåndsvisning aktiveret, vil man kunne se resultatet direkte i billedet; man skal trykke OK for at udføre ændringen. Trykkes Annullér eller Nulstil, vender " "billedet tilbage til udgangspunktet." #: src/using/photography.xml:254(para) msgid "" "If you can find a point in the image that ought to be perfect white, and a second point that ought to be perfect black, then you " "can use the Levels tool to do a semi-automatic adjustment that will often do a good job of fixing both brightness and colors " "throughout the image. First, bring up the Levels tool as previously described. Now, look down near the bottom of the Layers " "dialog for three buttons with symbols on them that look like eye-droppers (at least, that is what they are supposed to look " "like). The one on the left, if you mouse over it, shows its function to be Pick Black Point. Click on this, then " "click on a point in the image that ought to be black–really truly perfectly black, not just sort of dark–and watch the image " "change. Next, click on the rightmost of the three buttons ( Pick White Point ), and then click a point in the " "image that ought to be white, and once more watch the image change. If you are happy with the result, click the Okay button otherwise Cancel." msgstr "" "Kan du finde et punkt i billedet, som burde være helt hvidt, og et andet punkt, som burde være helt sort, kan du bruge værktøjet " "Niveauer til at udføre en halvautomatisk justering, som ofte vil fikse både lysstyrke og farverne med et godt resultat. Begynd " "med at åbne Niveauer som tidligere beskrevet. Under Alle kanaler er der tre knapper med pipetter. Placerer du musemarkøren på " "den venstre knap, viser værktøjstippet, at den er til at vælge sortpunkt med. Klik på den og klik på et punkt i " "billedet som burde være sort (helt sort, ikke bare mørk), og se hvordan billedet ændres. Klik herefter på knappen til højre " "(Vælg hvidpunkt) og derefter på et punkt i billedet, som burde være hvidt, og se hvordan billedet endnu en gang " "ændres. Klik på OK, hvis du er tilfreds med resultatet, og ellers Annullér eller " "Nulstil." #: src/using/photography.xml:277(para) msgid "" "Those are the automated color adjustments: if you find that none of them quite does the job for you, it is time to try one of " "the interactive color tools. All of these, except one, can be accessed via Tools->Color Tools in the image menu. After you " "select a color tool, click on the image (anywhere) to activate it and bring up its dialog." msgstr "" "Det er de automatiske værktøjer til farvejustering. Synes du ikke, disse værktøjer gør det godt nok, er det på tide at prøve et " "af de interaktive farveværktøjer. Alle på nær ét kan tilgås i menuen Farver i " "billedmenuen. Klik et sted i billedet, når du har valgt et farveværktøj, for at åbne dets dialog." #: src/using/photography.xml:287(title) msgid "Exposure Problems" msgstr "Eksponeringsproblemer" #: src/using/photography.xml:288(para) msgid "" "The simplest tool to use is the Brightness/Contrast tool. It is also the " "least powerful, but in many cases it does everything you need. This tool is often useful for images that are overexposed or " "underexposed; it is not useful for correcting color casts. The tool gives you two sliders to adjust, for Brightness and Contrast. If you have the option Preview checked (and almost certainly you should),you " "will see any adjustments you make reflected in the image. When you are happy with the results, press Okay " "and they will take effect. If you can't get results that you are happy with, press Cancel and the image " "will revert to its previous state." msgstr "" "Det enkleste værktøj til formålet er Lysstyrke/kontrast. Det er også det " "mindst effektfulde, men i mange tilfælde er det alt, du har brug for. Værktøjet er ofte nyttigt til over- og undereksponerede " "billeder, men ikke til at rette farvestik. Der er to skydere til justering af henholdsvis Lysstyrke og " "Kontrast. Er indstillingen Forhåndsvisning markeret (og det bør den være), vil ændringerne kunne " "ses direkte i billedet. Tryk OK, når du er tilfreds med resultatet; tryk Annullér " "eller Nulstil for at vende tilbage til det oprindelige billede." #: src/using/photography.xml:303(para) msgid "" "A more sophisticated, and only slightly more difficult, way of correcting exposure problems is to use the Levels tool. The " "dialog for this tool looks very complicated, but for the basic usage we have in mind here, the only part you need to deal with " "is the Input Levels area, specifically the three triangular sliders that appear below the histogram. We refer you " "to the Levels Tool Help for instructions; but actually the easiest way to learn how to " "use it is to experiment by moving the three sliders around, and watching how the image is affected. (Make sure that " "Preview is checked at the bottom of the dialog.)" msgstr "" "En mere sofistikeret og kun lidt mere besværlig måde at rette eksponeringsproblemer på er med værktøjet Niveauer. Værktøjets " "dialog ser meget kompliceret ud, men til den basale brug vi har i tankerne, behøver du kun bekymre dig om området " "Inputniveauer og især de tre trekantede skydere under histogrammet. Vi henviser til hjælpen til værktøjet Niveauer for instruktioner, men det er lettest bare at prøve at flytte på skyderne " "og se resultatet (Sørg for, at Forhåndsvisning nederst i dialogen er markeret)." #: src/using/photography.xml:317(para) msgid "" "A very powerful way of correcting exposure problems is to use the Curves tool. This tool allows you to " "click and drag control points on a curve, in order to create a function mapping input brightness levels to output brightness " "levels. The Curves tool can replicate any effect you can achieve with Brightness/Contrast or the Levels tool, so it is more " "powerful than either of them. Once again, we refer you to the Curves Tool Help for " "detailed instructions, but the easiest way to learn how to use it is by experimenting." msgstr "" "En meget effektiv måde at korrigere eksponeringsproblemer på er med brug af værktøjet Kurver. Med dette " "værktøj kan du klikke og trække kontrolpunkter på en kurve for at oprette en funktion, som afbilder niveauer for inputlysstyrke " "til niveauer for outputlysstyrke. Med Kurver kan du frembringe enhver effekt, som kan opnås med værktøjerne Lysstyrke/kontrast " "og Niveauer, så det er mere avanceret end nogen af dem. Vi henviser til hjælpen til værktøjet " "Kurver for detaljeret vejledning, men det er lettest bare at eksperimentere med indstillingerne." #: src/using/photography.xml:329(para) msgid "" "The most powerful approach to adjusting brightness and contrast across an image, for more expert GIMP users, is to create a new " "layer above the one you are working on, and then in the Layers dialog set the Mode for the upper layer to Multiply. The new layer then serves as a gain control layer for the layer below it, with white yielding maximum " "gain and black yielding a gain of zero. Thus, by painting on the new layer, you can selectively adjust the gain for each area of " "the image, giving you very fine control. You should try to paint only with smooth gradients, because sudden changes in gain will " "give rise to spurious edges in the result. Paint only using shades of gray, not colors, unless you want to produce color shifts " "in the image." msgstr "" "Den mest avancerede måde (for GIMP-eksperter) at justere et billedes lysstyrke og kontrast på er at oprette et nyt lag oven på " "det lag, du arbejder på, og i dialogen sætter tilstanden til Multiplicér. Det nye lag virker så som et " "forstærkerlag for laget nedenunder, hvor hvid giver maksimal forstærkning og sort ingen forstærkning. Ved at male " "på det nye lag kan du selektivt justere forstærkningen for hvert enkelt område af billedet, hvilket giver meget detaljeret " "kontrol. Prøv kun at male med bløde farveovergange, da pludselige ændringer i forstærkningen giver anledning til falske kanter. " "Mal kun i gråtoner og ikke farver, med mindre du vil lave farveskift i billedet." #: src/using/photography.xml:343(para) msgid "" "Actually, Multiply is not the only mode that is useful for gain control. In fact, Multiply mode " "can only darken parts of an image, never lighten them, so it is only useful where some parts of an image are overexposed. Using " "Divide mode has the opposite effect: it can brighten areas of an image but not darken them. Here is a trick that " "is often useful for bringing out the maximum amount of detail across all areas of an image:" msgstr "" "Multiplicér er ikke den eneste tilstand, der kan bruges til kontrol af forstærkning. Multiplicér " "kan faktisk kun gøre dele af et billede mørkere og ikke lysere, så det er kun nyttigt, hvor dele af billedet er overeksponeret. " "Tilstanden Dividér virker modsat: Det kan gøre dele af et billede lysere, men ikke mørkere. Her et trick til at " "få flest detaljer frem i alle et billedes områder:" #: src/using/photography.xml:355(para) msgid "Duplicate the layer (producing a new layer above it)." msgstr "Duplikér laget (opretter et nyt lag over det eksisterende lag)." #: src/using/photography.xml:360(para) msgid "Desaturate the new layer." msgstr "Formindsk lagets mætning." #: src/using/photography.xml:363(para) msgid "Apply a Gaussian blur to the result, with a large radius (100 or more)." msgstr "Udfør en gaussisk sløring med en stor radius (100 eller mere) på resultatet." #: src/using/photography.xml:369(para) msgid "Set Mode in the Layers dialog to Divide." msgstr "Sæt tilstanden i dialogen Lag til Dividér." #: src/using/photography.xml:372(para) msgid "" "Control the amount of correction by adjusting opacity in the Layers dialog, or by using Brightness/Contrast, Levels, or Curves " "tools on the new layer." msgstr "" "Kontrollér størrelsen af korrektionen ved at justere uigennemsigtigheden i dialogen Lag eller ved at anvende værktøjerne " "Lysstyrke/kontrast, Niveauer eller Kurver på det nye lag." #: src/using/photography.xml:379(para) msgid "" "When you are happy with the result, you can use Merge Down to combine the control layer and the original " "layer into a single layer." msgstr "" "Når du er tilfreds med resultatet, kan du udføre Sammenlæg nedad for at slå kontrollaget og det " "oprindelige lag sammen til et lag." # Feltet hedder bare Tilstand, så kombination er overflødig #: src/using/photography.xml:387(para) msgid "" "In addition to Multiply and Divide, you may every so often get useful effects with other layer " "combination modes, such as Dodge, Burn, or Soft Light. It is all too easy, though, " "once you start playing with these things, to look away from the computer for a moment and suddenly find that you have just spent " "an hour twiddling parameters. Be warned: the more options you have, the harder it is to make a decision." msgstr "" "Udover Multiplicér og Dividér kan andre lagtilstande som Lysne, Mørkne og Blødt lys giver nyttige resultater. Når du begynder at lege med disse ting, opdager du måske pludselig, " "at du har brugt en time på at justere parametre; jo flere indstillinger du har, desto sværere er det at træffe et valg." #: src/using/photography.xml:400(title) msgid "Adjusting Hue and Saturation" msgstr "Justér farvetone og mætning" #: src/using/photography.xml:401(para) msgid "" "In our experience, if your image has a color cast---too much red, too much blue, etc---the easiest way to correct it is to use " "the Levels tool, adjusting levels individually on the red, green, and blue channels. If this doesn't work for you, it might be " "worth your while to try the Color Balance tool or the Curves tool, but these are much more difficult to use effectively. (They " "are very good for creating certain types of special effects, though.)" msgstr "" "Det er vores erfaring, at har billedet farvestik (for meget rød, for meget blå osv.), er det lettest at korrigere med værktøjet " "Niveauer, hvor den røde, blå og grønne kanals niveauer kan justeres individuelt. Virker det ikke, kan det være besværet værd at " "prøve med værktøjerne Farvebalance eller Kurver, men de er sværere at bruge (de er dog meget gode til at lave visse typer af " "specielle effekter med)." #: src/using/photography.xml:410(para) msgid "" "Sometimes it is hard to tell whether you have adjusted colors adequately. A good, objective technique is to find a point in the " "image that you know should be either white or a shade of gray. Activate the Color " "Picker tool (the eyedropper symbol in the Toolbox), and click on the aforesaid point: this brings up the Color Picker " "dialog. If the colors are correctly adjusted, then the red, green, and blue components of the reported color should all be " "equal; if not, then you should see what sort of adjustment you need to make. This technique, when well used, allows even color-" "blind people to color-correct an image." msgstr "" "Nogle gange er det svært at vurdere, om farverne er justeret tilstrækkeligt. En god, objektiv metode er at finde et punkt i " "billedet, som du ved, skal være enten hvid eller grå. Vælg værktøjet Farvevælger " "(pipetten i værktøjskassen) og klik på førnævnte punkt, hvilket åbner dialogen Farvevælger. Er farverne korrekt justeret, bør " "det valgte punkts røde, blå og grønne komponenter være ens; hvis ikke, kan du se, hvilke justeringer du skal foretage. Med denne " "metode, når anvendt korrekt, kan selv farveblinde korrigere et billedes farver." #: src/using/photography.xml:423(para) msgid "" "If your image is washed out---which can easily happen when you take pictures in bright light---try the Hue/Saturation tool, which gives you three sliders to manipulate, for Hue, Lightness, and Saturation. " "Raising the saturation will probably make the image look better. In same cases it is useful to adjust the lightness at the same " "time. ( Lightness here is similar to Brightness in the Brightness/Contrast tool, except that they " "are formed from different combinations of the red, green, and blue channels.) The Hue/Saturation tool gives you the option of " "adjusting restricted subranges of colors (using the buttons at the top of the dialog), but if you want to get natural-looking " "colors, in most cases you should avoid doing this." msgstr "" "Er dit billede udvasket, hvilket let kan ske for billeder taget i stærkt lys, så prøv værktøjet Farvetone/mætning, som har tre skydere til at justere farvetone, mætning og lyshed med. Øges mætningen, vil " "billedet sandsynligvis komme til at se bedre ud. I nogle tilfælde er det nyttigt at justere lysheden i samme omgang " "(Lyshed er her lig Lysstyrke i værktøjet Lysstyrke/kontrast bortset fra, at de er dannet ud fra " "forskellige kombinationer af de røde, blå og grønne kanaler). Værktøjet Farvetone/mætning lader dig justere begrænsede " "underområder af farver (ved at bruge knapperne øverst i dialogen), men vil du have naturligt udseende farver, skal du i de " "fleste tilfælde undlade det." #: src/using/photography.xml:440(para) msgid "" "Even if an image does not seemed washed out, often you can increase its impact by pushing up the saturation a bit. Veterans of " "the film era sometimes call this trick Fujifying, after Fujichrome film, which is notorious for producing highly " "saturated prints." msgstr "" "Selv hvis et billede ikke ser udvasket ud, kan du ofte forøge dets indtryk ved at øge mætningen en smule. Veteraner fra " "filmæraen kalder dette trick Fujificering efter Fujichrome-film, som var berygtede for at give meget farvemættede " "billeder." #: src/using/photography.xml:448(para) msgid "" "When you take pictures in low light conditions, in some cases you have the opposite problem: too much saturation. In this case " "too the Hue/Saturation tool is a good one to use, only by reducing the saturation instead of increasing it." msgstr "" "Når du tager billeder i svag belysning, har du i nogle tilfælde det modsatte problem: for meget mætning. Også i dette tilfælde " "er værktøjet Farvetone/mætning velegnet, men mætningen skal reduceres i stedet for øges." #: src/using/photography.xml:458(title) msgid "Adjusting Sharpness" msgstr "Justér skarpheden" #: src/using/photography.xml:460(title) msgid "Unblurring" msgstr "Fjern slør" #: src/using/photography.xml:461(para) msgid "" "If the focus on the camera is not set perfectly, or the camera is moving when the picture is taken, the result is a blurred " "image. If there is a lot of blurring, you probably won't be able to do much about it with any technique, but if there is only a " "moderate amount, you should be able to improve the image." msgstr "" "Er kameraets fokus ikke indstillet korrekt, eller bevæges kameraet under optagelsen, er resultatet et sløret billede. Er der " "meget slør, kan billedet sikkert ikke reddes med nogen teknik, men er der kun en moderat mængde slør, burde det være muligt at " "forbedre billedet." #: src/using/photography.xml:468(para) msgid "" "The most generally useful technique for sharpening a fuzzy image is called the Sharpen (Unsharp Mask. In spite of the rather confusing name, which derives from its origins as a technique used " "by film developers, its result is to make the image sharper, not unsharp. It is a plug-in, and you can access it " "as Filters->Enhance->Sharpen (Unsharp Mask) in the image menu. There are two parameters, Radius and " "Amount. The default values often work pretty well, so you should try them first. Increasing either the radius or " "the amount increases the strength of the effect. Don't get carried away, though: if you make the unsharp mask too strong, it " "will amplify noise in the image and also give rise to visible artifacts where there are sharp edges." msgstr "" "Den generelt mest anvendelige teknik til at gøre et sløret billede skarpere kaldes Gør skarpere (uskarp maskering). Til trods for det forvirrende navn, som stammer tilbage fra tiden med " "fremkaldelse af film, gør teknikken billedet skarpere og ikke uskarpt. Det er et udvidelsesmodul, som tilgås " "gennem FiltreForbedringGør skarpere (uskarp maskering) i billedmenuen. Der er to parametre: Radius og Grad. Standardværdierne " "plejer at virke meget godt, så prøv dem først. Øges radius eller graden, øges størrelsen af effekten. Gøres uskarp-maskeringen " "for kraftig, vil billedets støj blive forstærket, og der vil også komme synlige artefakter, hvor der er skarpe kanter." #: src/using/photography.xml:486(para) msgid "" "Sometimes using Sharpen (Unsharp Mask) can cause color distortion where there are strong contrasts in an image. When this " "happens, you can often get better results by decomposing the image into separate Hue-Saturation-Value (HSV) layers, and running " "Sharpen (Unsharp Mask) on the Value layer only, then recomposing. This works because the human eye has much finer resolution for " "brightness than for color. See the sections on Decompose and Compose for more information." msgstr "" "Nogle gange kan brugen af Gør skarpere (uskarp maskering) medføre farveforvrængninger, hvor der er store kontraster i billedet. " "Hvis det sker, kan du ofte få et bedre resultat ved at opsplitte billedet i separate farvetone–mætning–valør-lag (HSV) og kun " "udføre Gør skarpere (uskarp maskering) på valørlaget (V) og sætte lagene sammen igen. Det virker, fordi menneskets øjne har en " "bedre opløsningsevne for lysstyrke end for farve. Se afsnittene om Opsplit og Sammensæt for yderligere information." #: src/using/photography.xml:500(para) msgid "" "In some situations, you may be able to get useful results by selectively sharpening specific parts of an image using the Blur/Sharpen tool from the Toolbox, in \"Sharpen\" mode. This allows you to increase the " "sharpness in areas by painting over them with any paintbrush. You should be restrained about this, though, or the results will " "not look very natural: sharpening increases the apparent sharpness of edges in the image, but also amplifies noise." msgstr "" "I nogle tilfælde kan du få gode resultater ved selektivt at gøre udvalgte områder af billedet skarpere med værktøjet Sløring/skarphed i værktøjskassen (i tilstanden “Gør skarpere”). Dermed kan du forøge " "skarpheden ved at male områder over med en malerpensel. Pas på ikke at overdrive det, da resultatet så ikke vil se naturligt ud: " "Gør skarpere forøger den tilsyneladende skarphed af billedets kanter, men forstærker også støjen." #: src/using/photography.xml:513(title) msgid "Reducing Graininess" msgstr "Reducér kornethed" # Sandt nok, hvis der er tale om filmfotografi. I filmfotografi opstår kornethed pga. størrelsesfordelingen af sølvhalidpartikler, mens der i digitalfotografi er tale om støj pga. lavt signal-støjforhold. # At tale om at den enkelte pixel ikke kan estimere den sande farve er decideret forkert: Pga. RGB-filteret foran sensoren “ved” sensoren, om farven skal være rød, grøn eller blå. #: src/using/photography.xml:514(para) msgid "" "When you take pictures in low-light conditions or with a very fast exposure time, the camera does not get enough data to make " "good estimates of the true color at each pixel, and consequently the resulting image looks grainy. You can smooth out the graininess by blurring the image, but then you will also lose sharpness. There are a couple of approaches that may " "give better results. Probably the best, if the graininess is not too bad, is to use the filter called Selective Blur, setting the blurring radius to 1 or 2 pixels. The other approach is to " "use the Despeckle filter. This has a nice preview, so you can play with the settings " "and try to find some that give good results. When graininess is really bad, though, it is often very difficult to fix by " "anything except heroic measures (i.e., retouching with paint tools)." msgstr "" "Tager du billeder i svag belysning eller med en kort lukkertid, betyder det, at lysmængden ved hver pixel er meget lav, hvilket " "medfører relativt meget støj, som får billedet til at se kornet ud. Kornetheden kan udglattes ved at sløre " "billedet, men det medfører et tab af skarphed. Der er nogle teknikker, som kan give bedre resultater. Er kornetheden ikke alt " "for slem, er den bedste formodentlig Selektiv sløring med " "sløringsradius sat til 1 eller 2 pixels. En anden teknik er Fjern kornstøj-filteret. " "Der er en god forhåndsvisning, så man kan lege med indstillingerne og finde nogle, som giver et godt resultat. Er kornetheden " "meget slem, er den ofte svær at fjerne bortset fra ved en heroisk indsats (f.eks. retouchering med maleværktøjerne)." #: src/using/photography.xml:535(title) msgid "Softening" msgstr "Opblødning" # Der er ikke et filter, som bare hedder Blur #: src/using/photography.xml:536(para) msgid "" "Every so often you have the opposite problem: an image is too crisp. The solution is to blur it a bit: " "fortunately blurring an image is much easier than sharpening it. Since you probably don't want to blur it very much, the " "simplest method is to use the Blur plug-in, accessed via Filters->Blur->Blur from the image menu. This will " "soften the focus of the image a little bit. If you want more softening, just repeat until you get the result you desire." msgstr "" "Indimellem støder du på det modsatte problem: Billedet er for skarpt. Løsningen er at sløre det lidt. " "Heldigvis er det nemmere at sløre et billede end gøre det skarpere. Da du sikkert ikke vil sløre det særlig meget, er det " "lettest at bruge udvidelsesmodulet Sløring, som tilgås via FiltreSløringGaussisk sløring i billedmenuen. Det vil opbløde " "billedets fokus en lille smule. Skal billedet opblødes endnu mere, gentager du bare, indtil du er tilfreds med resultatet." #: src/using/photography.xml:551(title) msgid "Removing Unwanted Objects from an Image" msgstr "Fjern uønskede objekter i et billede" #: src/using/photography.xml:552(para) msgid "" "There are two kinds of objects you might want to remove from an image: first, artifacts caused by junk such as dust or hair on " "the lens; second, things that were really present but impair the quality of the image, such as a telephone wire running across " "the edge of a beautiful mountain landscape." msgstr "" "Der er to slags objekter, du måske gerne vil fjerne fra et billede: 1) artefakter forårsaget af ting såsom støv og hår på linsen " "og 2) ting der var til stede, men som forringer billedets kvalitet såsom en telefonledning, der løber langs kanten af et smukt " "bjerglandskab." #: src/using/photography.xml:560(title) msgid "Despeckling" msgstr "Fjern kornstøj" #: src/using/photography.xml:561(para) msgid "" "A good tool for removing dust and other types of lens grunge is the Despeckle filter, " "accessed as Filters->Enhance->Despeckle from the image menu. Very important: to use this filter effectively, you must " "begin by making a small selection containing the artifact and a small area around it. The selection must be small enough so that " "the artifact pixels are statistically distinguishable from the other pixels inside the selection. If you try to run despeckle on " "the whole image, you will hardly ever get anything useful. Once you have created a reasonable selection, activate Despeckle, and " "watch the preview as you adjust the parameters. If you are lucky, you will be able to find a setting that removes the junk while " "minimally affecting the area around it. The more the junk stands out from the area around it, the better your results are likely " "to be. If it isn't working for you, it might be worthwhile to cancel the filter, create a different selection, and then try " "again." msgstr "" "Filteret Fjern kornstøj er et godt værktøj til fjernelse af artefakter i billedet " "forårsaget af støv og andet snavs på linsen og/eller sensoren. Filteret findes under FiltreForbedringFjern kornstøj i billedmenuen. For at gøre " "effektiv brug af dette filter er det vigtigt, at du laver en lille markering indeholdende artefaktet og et lille område omkring " "det. Markeringen skal være tilpasse lille, så artefaktpixlerne statistisk kan skelnes fra de andre pixels i markeringen. " "Forsøger du at fjerne kornstøj på hele billedet, får du sjældent noget brugbart. Efter at have lavet en passende markering kan " "du åbne Fjern kornstøj og betragte forhåndsvisningen, mens du justerer parametrene. Er du heldig, kan du finde nogle " "indstillinger, som fjerner det uønskede, mens det omkringliggende område påvirkes minimalt. Jo mere det uønskede adskiller sig " "fra det omkringliggende, desto større er chancen for et godt resultat. Giver det ikke det ønskede resultat, kan du prøve at " "annullere filteret, lave en ny markering (indeholdende artefaktet) og prøve igen." #: src/using/photography.xml:579(para) msgid "If you have more than one artifact in the image, it is necessary to use Despeckle on each individually." msgstr "Har du mere end et artefakt i billedet, skal du bruge Fjern kornstøj på hver enkelt." #: src/using/photography.xml:586(title) msgid "Garbage Removal" msgstr "Fjern “affald”" #: src/using/photography.xml:587(para) msgid "" "The most useful method for removing unwanted clutter from an image is the Clone tool, which allows " "you to paint over one part of an image using pixel data taken from another part (or even from a different image). The trick to " "using the clone tool effectively is to be able to find a different part of the image that can be used to copy over the unwanted part: if the area surrounding the unwanted object is very different from the rest of the image, you won't " "have much luck. For example, if you have a lovely beach scene, with a nasty human walking across the beach who you would like to " "teleport away, you will probably be able to find an empty part of the beach that looks similar to the part he is walking across, " "and use it to clone over him. It is quite astonishing how natural the results can look when this technique works well." msgstr "" "Den mest anvendelige metode til fjernelse af uønsket rod i et billede er værktøjet Kloning, som lader dig " "overmale dele af et billede med pixels fra en anden del af billedet (eller endda fra et andet billede). Tricket til effektiv " "brug af værktøjet er at finde et andet område af billedet, som kan bruges til at kopiere hen på den uønskede del. " "Er området omkring det uønskede objekt meget forskelligt fra resten af billedet, vil du ikke have meget held med foretagendet. " "Har du f.eks. et skønt strandmotiv med et grimt menneske, der går hen ad stranden, som du gerne vil teleportere væk, kan du " "sandsynligvis finde et tomt område af stranden, som ligner den del med mennesket, og bruge det til at klone over ham. Det er " "overraskende så naturligt resultatet kan se ud, når teknikken virker godt." #: src/using/photography.xml:607(para) msgid "" "Consult the Clone Tool Help for more detailed instructions. Cloning is as much an art " "as a science, and the more you practice at it, the better you will get. At first it may seem impossible to produce anything " "except ugly blotches, but persistence will pay off." msgstr "" "Læs hjælpen til værktøjet Kloning for mere detaljerede instruktioner. Kloning er lige " "så meget kunst som en videnskab, og jo mere du øver, desto bedre bliver du. I starten kan det se ud som om, det er umuligt at " "lave andet end grimme klatter, men vedholdenhed lønner sig." #: src/using/photography.xml:615(para) msgid "" "Another tool looking very much as the clone tool, but smarter, is the healing tool which " "also takes the area around the destination into account when cloning. A typical usage is removal of wrinkles and other minor " "errors in images." msgstr "" "Værktøjet Reparation ligner Kloning, men er smartere. Det tager også området, der skal " "kopieres til, i betragtning under kloningen. Bruges typisk til at fjerne rynker og andre småfejl i billedet." #: src/using/photography.xml:621(para) msgid "" "In some cases you may be able to get good results by simply cutting out the offending object from the image, and then using a " "plug-in called Resynthesizer to fill in the void. This plug-in is not included with the main GIMP distribution, " "but it can be obtained from the author's web site . As with many " "things, your mileage may vary." msgstr "" "I nogle tilfælde kan du opnå gode resultater ved simpelthen at skære uønskede objekter ud af billedet og derefter bruge " "udvidelsesmodulet Resynthesizer til udfyldning af tomrummet. Udvidelsesmodulet følger som standard ikke med GIMP, " "men det kan hentes på forfatterens websted ." #: src/using/photography.xml:633(title) msgid "Removing Red-eye" msgstr "Fjern røde øjne" #: src/using/photography.xml:635(primary) msgid "Red-eyes" msgstr "Røde øjne" # Vås. Det er nethinden (retina) og ikke iris #: src/using/photography.xml:637(para) msgid "" "When you take a flash picture of somebody who is looking directly toward the camera, the iris of the eye can bounce the light of " "the flash back toward the camera in such a way as to make the eye appear bright red: this effect is called red eye, and looks very bizarre. Many modern cameras have special flash modes that minimize red-eye, but they only work if you " "use them, and even then they don't always work perfectly. Interestingly, the same effect occurs with animals, but the eyes may " "show up as other colors, such as green." msgstr "" "Tager du et billede med blitz af nogen, som kigger direkte på kameraet, kan øjets nethinde (retina) reflektere blitzens lys, så " "pupillerne kommer til at se røde ud. Effekten kaldes for røde øjne og ser underlig ud. Mange kameraer har " "specielle blitzfunktioner, som kan minimere røde øjne, men de virker kun, hvis du bruger dem, og selv da fjerner de ikke altid " "røde øjne helt. Effekten ses også hos dyr, men øjnene kan da have andre farver som f.eks. grøn." #: src/using/photography.xml:648(para) msgid "" "From version 2.4, GIMP incorporated a special remove red eye filter. Make a " "selection with one of the selection tools of the red part of the eye and then choose the Remove Red Eye filter. " "Perhaps you have to fiddle around a bit with the threshold slider to get the right color." msgstr "" "Fra og med version 2.4 har GIMP et filter til at fjerne røde øjne med. Lav " "en markering indeholdende den røde del af øjet med et af markeringsværktøjerne og vælg så filteret Fjern røde øjne. Måske skal du justere lidt på skyderen til tærskelværdien for at få den rette farve." #: src/using/photography.xml:659(title) msgid "Saving Your Results" msgstr "Gem dine resultater" #: src/using/photography.xml:661(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:12(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:15(primary) msgid "Files" msgstr "Filer" #: src/using/photography.xml:662(para) msgid "" "What file format should you use to save the results of your work, and should you resize it? The answers depend on what you " "intend to use the image for." msgstr "" "Hvilket filformat skal du gemme resultatet af dit arbejde i, og skal billedets størrelse ændres? Svaret afhænger af, hvad du vil " "bruge billedet til." #: src/using/photography.xml:669(para) msgid "" "If you intend to open the image in GIMP again for further work, you should save it in GIMP's native XCF format (i. e., name it " "something.xcf), because this is the only format that guarantees that none of the information in the image is lost." msgstr "" "Vil du åbne billedet i GIMP for at arbejde videre på det, bør du gemme det i GIMPs eget XCF-format (dvs. med filendelsen .xcf), " "da det er det eneste format, hvor der med garanti ikke går nogen information tabt." # Mange printere i dag klarer 2400 dpi og måske endda mere) #: src/using/photography.xml:677(para) msgid "" "If you intend to print the image on paper, you should avoid shrinking the image, except by cropping it. The reason is that " "printers are capable of achieving much higher resolutions than video monitors — 600 to 1400 dpi (dots per inch, the physical density) for typical printers, as compared to 72 to 100 pixels per inch for monitors. A 3000 " "x 5000-pixel image looks huge on a monitor, but it only comes to about 5 inches by 8 inches on paper at 600 ppi. There is " "usually no good reason to expand the image either: you can't increase the true resolution that way, and it " "can always be scaled up at the time it is printed. As for the file format, it will usually be fine to use JPEG at a quality " "level of 75 to 85. In rare cases, where there are large swaths of nearly uniform color, you may need to set the quality level " "even higher or use a lossless format such as TIFF instead." msgstr "" "Vil du udskrive billedet på papir, skal du undgå at formindske billedet (bortset fra beskæring). Grunden til det er, at printere " "har en meget højere opløsningsevne end skærme (600 til 2400 dpi (punkter pr. inch) for mange printere, men kun 72 til 100 dpi " "for skærme). Et billede på 3000 × 5000 pixels er enorm på en skærm, men udskrevet måler det kun 12,7 × 21,2 cm ved en opløsning " "på 600 dpi. Sædvanligvis er der heller ikke nogen god grund til at forstørre billedet: Den sande opløsning bliver ikke bedre af " "den grund, og billedet kan altid opskaleres, når det skal udskrives. Mht. filformat er JPEG med en kvalitetsindstilling på 75 " "til 85 fint. I sjældne tilfælde hvor der er store, næsten ensfarvede områder skal kvalitetsindstillingen måske sættes højere " "eller et tabsfrit format som f.eks. TIFF anvendes." # Mange systemer klarer Fuld HD eller mere i dag #: src/using/photography.xml:696(para) msgid "" "If you intend to display the image on screen or project it with a video projector, bear in mind that the highest screen " "resolution for most commonly available systems is 1600 x 1200, so there is nothing to gain by keeping the image larger than " "that. For this purpose, the JPEG format is almost always a good choice." msgstr "" "Vil du vise billedet på en skærm eller bruge en projektor, så husk, at mange systemers maksimale opløsningsevne er 1920 × 1080 " "(Fuld HD), så man opnår ikke noget ved at bruge et større billede end det. Til denne anvendelse er JPEG næsten altid et godt " "valg." # Filformater, bortset fra xcf, gemmes ikke, men eksporteres #: src/using/photography.xml:705(para) msgid "" "If you want to put the image on a web page or send it by email, it is a good idea to make every effort to keep the file size as " "small as possible. First, scale the image down to the smallest size that makes it possible to see the relevant details (bear in " "mind that other people may be using different sized monitors and/or different monitor resolution settings). Second, save the " "image as a JPEG file. In the JPEG save dialog, check the option to Preview in image window , and then adjust the " "Quality slider to the lowest level that gives you acceptable image quality. (You will see in the image the effects of each " "change.) Make sure that the image is zoomed at 1:1 while you do this, so you are not misled by the effects of zooming." msgstr "" "Vil du lægge billedet på nettet eller sende det med e-mail, er det en god idé at gøre filstørrelsen så lille som mulig. " "Nedskalér billedet til den mindste størrelse, som gør det muligt at se relevante detaljer (husk at andre måske har en anden " "størrelse skærm og/eller bruger en anden skærmopløsning). Eksportér herefter billedet som en JPEG-fil. I dialogen Eksportér " "billede som JPEG aktiveres indstillingen Forhåndsvis i billedvindue, og justér derefter skyderen for Kvalitet til den laveste " "indstilling, som giver et brugbart resultat (effekten af ændringer kan ses direkte i billedet). Sørg for, at zoomniveauet er sat " "til 1∶1, så du bedre kan se effekten." #: src/using/photography.xml:722(para) msgid "See the File Formats section for more information." msgstr "Se afsnittet om Filformater for yderligere information." #: src/using/photography.xml:729(title) msgid "Printing Your Photos" msgstr "Udskriv dine billeder" #: src/using/photography.xml:731(primary) msgid "Printing" msgstr "Udskriv" #: src/using/photography.xml:732(secondary) msgid "Printing your photos" msgstr "Udskriv dine billeder" #: src/using/photography.xml:734(para) msgid "" "As in most applications, in GIMP, printing needs to go to main menu FilePrint. However it is very useful to keep in mind some elementary concepts to prevent some unpleasant " "surprises when looking at result, or to cure them if that occurs. You must always remember:" msgstr "" "For at udskrive i GIMP skal du åbne dialogen Udskriv via FilUdskriv (eller bruge standardgenvejen CtrlP). For at undgå " "ubehagelige overraskelser, når du ser på resultatet, eller fikse dem, hvis de opstår, er det værd at have nogle grundlæggende " "koncepter i tankerne. Du skal altid huske at:" #: src/using/photography.xml:746(para) msgid "" "that image displayed on the screen is in RGB mode and printing will be in CMYK mode; consequently color feature you'll get on " "printed sheet will not be exactly what you was waiting for. That depends on the used corresponding chart. For the curious ones " "some adding explanations can be got through a click on these useful Wikipedia links:" msgstr "" "billeder på skærmen vises i RGB-farverummet, mens udskriften er i CMYK-farverummet. Derfor vil udskriften ikke ligne resultatet " "på skærmen helt; det afhænger af det anvendte farvekort. De nysgerrige kan finde mere information på Wikipedia:" #: src/using/photography.xml:756(para) msgid "ICC-Profile " msgstr "ICC-profil " #: src/using/photography.xml:761(para) msgid "CMYK " msgstr "CMYK " #: src/using/photography.xml:766(para) msgid "Gamut " msgstr "Farveskala " #: src/using/photography.xml:773(para) msgid "" "that a screen resolution is roughly within a range from 75 up to 100 dpi; a printer resolution is about 10x higher (or more) " "than a screen one; printed image size depends on available pixels and resolution; so actual printed size doesn't correspond " "inevitably to what is displayed on screen nor available sheet size." msgstr "" "skærmopløsningen er typisk 75 til 100 dpi, mens en printers opløsning er ca. 10 gange (eller mere) højere. Udskriftens størrelse " "afhænger af antallet af pixels og opløsningen. Så den faktiske størrelse på det udskrevne svarer ikke til størrelsen på det, der " "vises på skærmen, eller på papirstørrelsen." # Udskriftstørrelse er en del af vinduet Indstil udskriftsopløsning #: src/using/photography.xml:782(para) msgid "" "Consequently, before any printing it is relevant to go to: ImagePrint size and choose here your convenient output size in print size box adjusting either sizes or " "resolution. The symbol shows that the both values are linked. You can dissociate x and y resolution by clicking " "on that symbol, but it is risky! Probably this possibility is open because printers are built with different x vs. y " "resolutions. Nevertheless if you unlinked them you can be very surprised! You can try this in special effects." msgstr "" "Inden der udskrives, er det derfor relevant at gå til BilledeUdskriftsstørrelse … og vælge en passende størrelse på udskriften i sektionen Udskriftsstørrelse ved enten at " "justere størrelse eller opløsning. Symbolet indikerer, at forholdet mellem de to er låst. Du kan afkoble x- og " "y-opløsningen ved at klikke på symbolet, men det er risikabelt! Muligheden er der sandsynligvis, fordi nogle printere har " "forskellig opløsning lodret og vandret. Afkobler du dem, kan du blive meget overrasket over resultatet. Du kan prøve det, hvis " "du vil opnå særlige effekter." #: src/using/photography.xml:804(para) msgid "" "Last recommendation: think of checking your margins as well as centering. It would be a pity if a too much large margin cuts off " "some part of your image or if an inappropriate centering damages your work especially if you use a special photo paper." msgstr "" "Sidste anbefaling: tjek både margener og centrering. Det ville være en skam, hvis noget af billedet blev skåret væk pga. for " "store margener, eller en forkert centrering ødelagde dit arbejde (især hvis du bruger dyrt fotopapir)." #: src/using/photography.xml:813(title) msgid "EXIF Data" msgstr "EXIF-data" #: src/using/photography.xml:814(para) msgid "" "Modern digital cameras, when you take a picture, add information to the data file about the camera settings and the " "circumstances under which the picture was taken. This data is included in JPEG or TIFF files in a structured format called EXIF. " "For JPEG files, GIMP is capable of maintaining EXIF data, if it is built appropriately: it depends on a library called " "libexif, which may not be available on all systems. If GIMP is built with EXIF support enabled, then loading a " "JPEG file with EXIF data, and resaving the resulting image in JPEG format, will cause the EXIF data to be preserved unchanged. " "This is not, strictly speaking, the right way for an image editor to handle EXIF data, but it is better than simply removing it, " "which is what earlier versions of GIMP did." msgstr "" "Når du tager et billede, tilføjer moderne digitalkameraer information om kameraindstillingerne og om betingelserne, billedet " "blev taget under, til billedet. Disse data findes i JPEG- og TIFF-filer i et struktureret format kaldet EXIF. GIMP kan bevare " "EXIF-data i JPEG-filer, hvis GIMP er bygget med understøttelse af EXIF. Det afhænger af biblioteket “libexif”, som muligvis ikke " "er tilgængeligt på alle systemer. Er GIMP bygget med understøttelse af EXIF, vil EXIF-data bevares intakt, når en JPEG-fil åbnes " "og (efter eventuelt at være blevet ændret) eksporteres til JPEG igen. Strengt taget er det ikke den rette måde for et " "billedbehandlingsprogram at håndtere EXIF-data på, men det er bedre end bare at fjerne dem, som tidligere versioner af GIMP " "gjorde." #: src/using/photography.xml:828(para) msgid "" "If you would like to see the contents of the EXIF data, you can use the metadata-" "viewer plug-in. you can access it as Image->Metadata->View metadata from the menu." msgstr "" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/paths.xml:67(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-examples.png'; md5=a481b9ce8ff98222e260a0df7b971ed6" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/paths.xml:175(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-with-anchors.png'; md5=9e168dc103f8be62c3b04a6852528337" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/paths.xml:318(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-stroking-examples.png'; md5=c49284748ddac775cc702987fec34e06" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/paths.xml:354(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/menus/edit/stroke-path.png'; md5=3631e41d419fef447d65fa928093f3d5" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/paths.xml:372(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-from-text.png'; md5=7bf70fcbfd90eb571bdff45c229e1a3d" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/paths.xml:384(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-text-stroked.png'; md5=1fe33d8a8a4f73e8b6fe5c3f1c889223" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/paths.xml:14(anchor:xreflabel) src/using/paths.xml:15(phrase) src/using/paths.xml:19(primary) #: src/using/paths.xml:24(secondary) msgid "Paths" msgstr "Kurver" #: src/using/paths.xml:23(primary) src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:15(primary) msgid "Image" msgstr "Billede" #: src/using/paths.xml:27(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Paths are curves (known as Bézier-curves). Paths are easy to learn and use in GIMP. To understand their " #| "concepts and mechanism, look at the glossary Bézier-curve or Wikipedia . The Paths tool is very powerful, allowing you to design sophisticated forms. " #| "To use the Paths tool in GIMP, you must first create a path, and then stroke the path." msgid "" "Paths are curves (known as Bézier-curves). Paths are easy to learn and use in GIMP. To understand their " "concepts and mechanism, look at the glossary Bézier-curve or Wikipedia . The Paths tool is very powerful, allowing you to design complex shapes. When " "designing a shape, you first use the Paths tool in GIMP to create a " "path. After that you usually stroke or fill the path." msgstr "" "Kurver (her Bézier-kurver) er nemme at lære og bruge i GIMP. Se i ordlisten Bézier-kurve eller Wikipedia for at få en idé om begreberne " "og mekanismerne bag kurver. Med værktøjet kurver kan du designe sofistikerede former. For at bruge værktøjet kurver i " "GIMP skal du først lave en kurve og derefter optegne den." #: src/using/paths.xml:38(para) msgid "" "In GIMP, the term Stroke path means to apply a specific style to the path (color, width, " "pattern... )." msgstr "" "I GIMP betyder udtrykket Optegn kurve, at man påfører kurven en specifik stil (farve, bredde, " "mønster osv.)." #: src/using/paths.xml:42(para) msgid "A path can be used in several ways:" msgstr "En kurve kan bruges på mange måder:" #: src/using/paths.xml:47(para) msgid "You can convert a closed path to a selection." msgstr "Du kan konvertere en lukket kurve til en markering." #: src/using/paths.xml:50(para) msgid "Any path, open or closed, can be stroked; that is, painted on the image in a variety of ways." msgstr "" "Enhver kurve, såvel åben som lukket, kan optegnes, dvs. males på billedet på en række forskellige måder." #: src/using/paths.xml:56(para) msgid "" "A path can be filled with a color or pattern. If the path is not closed, it will try to figure out the " "shape and then fill it. However, this will not work if the path is a straight line." msgstr "" "En kurve kan udfyldes med en farve eller et mønster. Hvis kurven ikke er lukket, vil den forsøge at finde " "ud af formen og derefter udfylde den. Dette virker dog ikke, hvis kurven er en lige linje." # Figuroverskrift - figuren viser fire kurver #: src/using/paths.xml:64(title) msgid "Illustration of four different paths" msgstr "Eksempel på fire forskellige kurver" #: src/using/paths.xml:70(para) msgid "" "Four examples of GIMP paths: one closed and polygonal; one open and polygonal; one closed and curved; one with a mixture of " "straight and curved segments." msgstr "" "Fire eksempler på GIMP-kurver: en lukket polygonal, en åben polygonal, en lukket og buet samt en lukket med en blanding af buede " "og rette stykker." #: src/using/paths.xml:80(title) msgid "Path Creation" msgstr "Opret en kurve" #: src/using/paths.xml:81(para) msgid "" "Start by drawing the outline for your path; the outline can be modified later (see the Paths tool). To start, select the Paths tool using one of the following methods:" msgstr "" "Begynd med at tegne omridset af din kurve; omridset kan ændres senere (se værktøjet Kurver). Vælg derefter værktøjet kurver med en af følgende metoder:" #: src/using/paths.xml:89(para) msgid "Use ToolsPaths from the menu." msgstr "Brug VærktøjerKurver i menuen." #: src/using/paths.xml:99(para) msgid "Use the relevant icon in toolbox." msgstr "" "Klik på det relevante ikon i " "værktøjskassen." #: src/using/paths.xml:107(para) msgid "Use the hotkey B." msgstr "Brug genvejstasten B." #: src/using/paths.xml:110(para) msgid "" "When the Paths tool is selected, the mouse cursor changes into a crosshair with a curve by default. The actual shape depends on " "your mouse pointer mode setting. Make sure that the Paths Edit Mode in Tool Options is set to Design." msgstr "" "Når værktøjet Kurver er valgt, ændres musemarkøren som standard til et trådkors med en kurve. Den faktiske form afhænger af din " "indstilling af musemarkørens tilstand. Sørg for, at kurvens " "Redigeringstilstand i værktøjsindstillingerne er indstillet til Design." #: src/using/paths.xml:117(para) msgid "" "Left click in the image to create the first point of the path. Move the mouse to a new point and left click to create another " "point linked to the previous point. Although you can create as many points as you desire, you only need two points to learn " "about Paths." msgstr "" "Venstreklik i billedet for at oprette kurvens første punkt. Flyt musen til et nyt punkt og venstreklik for at lave endnu et " "punkt, der er forbundet med det forrige punkt. Selvom du kan oprette så mange punkter, som du ønsker, behøver du kun to punkter " "for at lære om kurver." #: src/using/paths.xml:123(para) msgid "" "While adding points, the mouse cursor has a little + next to the curve, which indicates that clicking will add a " "new point." msgstr "" "Når du tilføjer punkter, har musemarkøren en lille + ved siden af kurven, som angiver, at et klik vil tilføje et " "nyt punkt." #: src/using/paths.xml:128(para) msgid "" "When the mouse cursor is close to one of the path points, the + changes into a cross with arrows; like the move " "tool. You can then move the existing path point." msgstr "" "Når musemarkøren er tæt på et af kurvepunkterne, ændres + til et kryds med pile ligesom flytteværktøjet. Du kan " "så flytte det eksisterende kurvepunkt." #: src/using/paths.xml:133(para) msgid "" "To close your path, go with the mouse on top of the point you want to connect to, and then Ctrl-click that point. When you are " "done designing your path, you can click Enter. This will turn the path into a Selection. You can also keep " "adding more points, or start changing the curves of the path." msgstr "" "For at lukke kurven skal du flytte musemarkøren oven på det punkt, du vil forbinde til, og derefter Ctrl-klikke på det punkt. " "Når du er færdig med at designe din kurve, kan du klikke Enter. Det vil forvandle kurven til en markering. Du " "kan også fortsætte med at tilføje flere punkter eller begynde at ændre på kurven." #: src/using/paths.xml:140(para) msgid "" "To edit the curves of your path, move the mouse cursor close to a line segment, left-click and drag the line segment. Two events " "occur." msgstr "" "For at redigere kurven skal du flytte musemarkøren tæt på et linjestykke, venstreklikke og trække i linjestykket. Der sker nu to " "ting:" #: src/using/paths.xml:146(para) msgid "The line segment bends and curves as it is pulled." msgstr "Linjestykket bøjer og bliver til en bue, når der trækkes i det." #: src/using/paths.xml:149(para) msgid "" "Each line segment has two start points and end points marked by little square rectangles, these are called handles. A " "direction line now projects from each start point for the line segment that was moved. This direction line " "usually has a different color than the lines of the path." msgstr "" "Hvert linjestykke har to begyndelses- og slutpunkter markeret med små firkanter, som kaldes håndtag. En retningslinje stikker nu ud fra hvert brgyndelsespunkt på det linjestykke, som blev flyttet. Retninglinjen har typisk end anden farve " "end kurven." #: src/using/paths.xml:158(para) msgid "" "The curved line segment leaves an end point in the same direction that the direction line leaves the start point. " "The length of this line controls how far the line segment projects along the direction line before curving " "towards the other path point." msgstr "" "Det buede linjestykke forlader et slutpunkt i samme retning, som retningslinjen forlader begyndelsespunktet i. " "Retningslinjens længde styrer, hvor langt linjestykket følger retningslinjen, før den bøjer af mod " "det andet kurvepunkt." #: src/using/paths.xml:164(para) msgid "" "The handle at the end of each direction line can be dragged to change the direction and length of the curve. The " "handles on the other end, where they connect to the path, can be used to move the position of that path point." msgstr "" "Håndtaget for enden af hver retningslinje kan trækkes for at ændre kurvens retning og længde. Håndtagene i den " "anden ende, hvor de forbindes til stien, kan bruges til at flytte placeringen af det pågældende kurvepunkt." #: src/using/paths.xml:171(title) msgid "Appearance of a path while it is manipulated" msgstr "En kurves udseende mens den manipuleres" #: src/using/paths.xml:178(para) msgid "Appearance of a path while it is manipulated using the Paths tool." msgstr "En kurves udseende mens den manipuleres med brug af værktøjet Kurver." # Ændret i 2.10 #: src/using/paths.xml:184(para) msgid "" "The path is comprised of two components with both straight and curved segments. Black squares are anchor points, the open circle " "indicates the selected anchor, and the two open squares are the handles associated with the selected anchor." msgstr "" "Kurven består af to komponenter med både rette og buede stykker. Sorte kvadrater er ankerpunkter, den åbne cirkel markerer det " "valgte anker, og de to åbne kvadrater er håndtagene tilhørende det valgte anker." #: src/using/paths.xml:193(title) msgid "Path Properties" msgstr "Kurveegenskaber" #: src/using/paths.xml:194(para) msgid "" "Paths, like layers and channels, are components of an image. When an image is saved in GIMP's native XCF file " "format, any paths it has are saved with it. The list of paths in an image can be viewed and operated on using the Paths dialog. You can move a path from one image to another by copying and pasting using the " "pop-up menu in the Paths dialog, or by dragging an icon from the Paths dialog into the destination image window." msgstr "" "Ligesom lag og kanaler er kurver dele af et billede. Når et billede gemmes i GIMPs eget XCF-filformat, gemmes " "tilhørende kurver sammen med det. En liste over billedets kurver kan ses i dialogen Kurver, hvor kurverne også kan manipuleres. Du kan flytte en kurve fra et billede til et andet ved at kopiere og indsætte det med " "pop op-menuen i dialogen Kurver eller ved at trække et ikon fra listen over på det ønskede billede." #: src/using/paths.xml:204(para) msgid "" "GIMP paths belong to a mathematical type called Bezier paths. What this means in practical " "terms is that they are defined by anchors and handles. Anchors are " "points the path goes through. Handles define the direction of a path when it enters or leaves an anchor point: " "each anchor point has two handles attached to it." msgstr "" "GIMPs kurver tilhører en matematisk type kaldet Bézier-kurver. Det betyder, at de er " "definerede ved ankre og håndtag. Ankre er punkter, som kurven går " "igennem. Håndtag definerer en kurves retning, når den går gennem et ankerpunkt; hvert ankerpunkt har to håndtag." #: src/using/paths.xml:213(para) msgid "" "Paths can be very complex. If you create them by hand using the Paths tool, they " "probably won't contain more than a few dozen anchor points and usually a less than that. However, if you create them by " "transforming a selection into a path, or by transforming text into a path, the result can easily contain hundreds or even " "thousands of anchor points." msgstr "" "Kurver kan være meget komplekse. Opretter du dem i hånden med værktøjet Kurver, " "indeholder de sandsynligvis kun nogle få dusin ankerpunkter og typisk mindre end det. Opretter du kurver ved at konvertere en " "markering eller tekst til kurver, kan de nemt indeholde i hundredvis eller måske endda tusindvis af ankerpunkter." #: src/using/paths.xml:221(para) msgid "" "A path may contain multiple components. A component is a part of a path whose anchor points " "are all connected to each other by path segments. The ability to have multiple components in paths allows you to convert them " "into selections having multiple disconnected parts." msgstr "" "En kurve kan indeholde flere komponenter. En komponent er en del af en kurve, hvis " "ankerpunkter alle er forbundne med hinanden gennem kurvestykker. Med mange komponenter i kurver kan man konvertere dem til " "markeringer med flere enkeltstående dele." #: src/using/paths.xml:228(para) msgid "" "Each component of a path can be either open or closed: closed means " "that the last anchor point is connected to the first anchor point. If you transform a path into a selection, any open components " "are automatically converted into closed components by connecting the last anchor point to the first anchor point with a straight " "line." msgstr "" "En kurves komponenter kan være enten åbne eller lukkede: Lukkede " "betyder, at det sidste ankerpunkt er forbundet med det første. Transformeres en kurve til en markering, vil åbne komponenter " "automatisk blive konverteret til lukkede komponenter ved at forbinde det sidste ankerpunkt til det første med en ret linje." #: src/using/paths.xml:236(para) msgid "" "Path segments can be either straight or curved. A path is called polygonal if all of its segments are straight. A " "new path segment is always created straight; the handles for the anchor points are directly on top of the anchor points, " "yielding handles of zero length, which produces straight-line segments. Drag a handle away from an anchor point to cause a " "segment to curve." msgstr "" "Kurvestykker kan være enten rette eller buede. En kurve kaldes polygonal, hvis alle kurvestykkerne er rette " "linjer. Et nyoprettet kurvestykke er altid en ret linje. Ankerpunkternes håndtag ligger oven på ankerpunkterne, så håndtagene " "ingen længde har, hvilket giver rette linjestykker. Træk et håndtag væk fra dets ankerpunkt for at ændre en ret linje til et " "buet kurvestykke." #: src/using/paths.xml:245(para) msgid "" "One nice thing about paths is that they use very few resources, especially in comparison with images. Representing a path in RAM " "requires storing only the coordinates of its anchors and handles. Therefore, it is possible to have literally hundreds of paths " "in an image without causing any significant stress to your system. Even a path with thousands of segments consumes minimal " "resources in comparison to a typical layer or channel." msgstr "" "En god ting ved kurver er, at de bruger meget få ressourcer, især i sammenligning med billeder. At repræsentere en kurve i RAM " "kræver kun lagring af koordinaterne for dens ankerpunkter og håndtag. Derfor er det muligt at have bogstaveligt talt hundredvis " "af kurver i et billede, uden at det belaster dit system nævneværdigt. Selv en kurve med tusindvis af segmenter bruger minimale " "ressourcer i forhold til et typisk lag eller en kanal." #: src/using/paths.xml:254(para) msgid "Paths can be created and manipulated using the Paths tool." msgstr "Kurver kan oprettes og manipuleres med værktøjet Kurver." #: src/using/paths.xml:261(title) msgid "Paths and Selections" msgstr "Kurver og markeringer" #: src/using/paths.xml:262(para) msgid "" "GIMP lets you transform the selection of an image into a path. It also lets you transform paths into selections. For information " "about the selection and how it works, see the Selection section." msgstr "" "Med GIMP kan du transformere en markering i et billede til en kurve; du kan også transformere kurver til markeringer. " "Information om markeringer, og hvordan de virker, kan findes i afsnittet om Markering." #: src/using/paths.xml:268(para) msgid "" "When you transform a selection into a path, the path closely follows the marching ants. Now, the selection is a " "two-dimensional entity, but a path is a one-dimensional entity, so there is no way to transform the selection into a path " "without losing information. In fact, any information about partially selected areas (i.e., feathering) are lost when a selection " "is turned into a path. If the path is transformed back into a selection, the result is an all-or-none selection, similar to what " "is obtained by executing \"Sharpen\" from the Select menu." msgstr "" "Transformerer du en markering til en kurve, vil kurven følge de marcherende myrer. En markering er todimensional, " "mens en kurve er endimensional, så man kan ikke transformere en markering til en kurve uden at miste information. Enhver " "information om delvist markerede områder (f.eks. ved udtynding) mistes, når en markering ændres til en kurve. Transformeres " "kurven til en markering igen, er resultatet en alt eller intet-markering, lig resultatet af “Gør skarpere” i markeringsmenuen." #: src/using/paths.xml:282(title) msgid "Transforming Paths" msgstr "Transformér kurver" #: src/using/paths.xml:283(para) msgid "" "Each of the Transform tools (Rotate, Scale, Perspective, etc) can be set to act on a layer, selection, or path. Select the " "transform tool in the toolbox, then select layer, selection, or path for the Transform: option in the tool's Tool " "Options dialog. This gives you a powerful set of methods for altering the shapes of paths without affecting other elements of " "the image." msgstr "" "Alle transformeringsværktøjerne (rotation, skalering, perspektiv osv.) kan indstilles til at virke på et lag, en markering eller " "en kurve. Vælg transformeringsværktøjet i værktøjskassen, og vælg så lag, markering eller kurve i indstillingen " "Transformering: i værktøjets dialog. Dermed har man en række stærke værktøjer til at ændre kurvers form uden at " "påvirke andre elementer i billedet." #: src/using/paths.xml:292(para) msgid "" "By default a Transform tool, when it is set to affect paths, acts on only one path: the active path for the " "image, which is shown highlighted in the Paths dialog. You can make a transformation " "affect more than one path, and possibly other things as well, using the transform lock buttons in the Paths " "dialog. Not only paths, but also layers and channels, can be transform-locked. If you transform one element that is transform-" "locked, all others will be transformed in the same way. So, for example, if you want to scale a layer and a path by the same " "amount, click the transform-lock buttons so that chain symbols appear next to the layer in the Layers dialog, and " "the path in the Paths dialog; then use the Scale tool on either the layer or the path, and the other will automatically follow." msgstr "" "Som standard vil et transformeringsværktøj kun virke på én kurve, når det er sat til at virke på kurver, nemlig den " "aktive kurve i billedet, som er fremhævet i dialogen Kurver. En " "transformering kan virke på mere end én kurve, og muligvis også andre elementer, ved brug af knapperne " "transformeringslås i dialogen Kurver. Ikke kun kurver, men også lag og kanaler kan transformeringslåses. " "Transformeres et element, som er transformeringslåst, vil alle andre også blive transformeret på samme måde. Vil du for eksempel " "skalere et lag og en kurve med samme faktor, så klik på knapperne transformeringslås, så der vises kædesymboler " "ved siden af laget i dialogen Lag og ved siden af kurven i dialogen Kurver. Anvend værktøjet Skalering på enten laget eller " "kurven, og den anden vil automatisk skaleres tilsvarende." #: src/using/paths.xml:312(title) msgid "Stroking a Path" msgstr "Optegn en kurve" #: src/using/paths.xml:314(title) msgid "Stroking paths" msgstr "Optegn kurver" # De fire kurver optræder tidligere i et andet underafsnit. #: src/using/paths.xml:321(para) msgid "The four paths from the top illustration, each stroked in a different way." msgstr "De fire kurver vist tidligere hver optegnet på en forskellig måde." #: src/using/paths.xml:328(para) msgid "" "Paths do not alter the appearance of the image pixel data unless they are stroked, using " "EditStroke Path from the image menu or the Paths dialog right-click menu, or the Stroke Path button in the Tool Options " "dialog for the Paths tool." msgstr "" "Kurver ændrer ikke udseendet af billedets pixeldata, med mindre de optegnes ved brug af " "RedigérOptegn kurve … i billedmenuen, dialogen Kurvers genvejsmenu eller knappen Optegn kurve i værktøjet Kurvers dialog til indstillinger." #: src/using/paths.xml:340(para) msgid "" "Choosing Stroke Path by any of these means brings up a dialog that allows you to control the way the stroking is " "done. You can choose from a wide variety of line styles, or you can stroke with any of the Paint tools, including unusual ones " "such as the Clone tool, Smudge tool, Eraser, etc." msgstr "" "Vælges Optegn kurve med en af disse metoder, åbner en dialog, som lader dig kontrollere, hvordan optegningen skal " "ske. Du kan vælge mellem en lang række linjestile, eller du kan optegne med alle maleværktøjerne inkl. de mere usædvanlige såsom " "værktøjerne Kloning, Udtværing, Viskelæder osv." #: src/using/paths.xml:348(title) msgid "The Stroke Path dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Optegn kurve" #: src/using/paths.xml:358(para) msgid "" "You can further increase the range of stroking effects by stroking a path multiple times, or by using lines or brushes of " "different widths. The possibilities for getting interesting effects in this way are almost unlimited." msgstr "" "Du kan desuden forøge udvalget af optegningseffekter ved at optegne en kurve flere gange eller ved at bruge linjer eller pensler " "med forskellige bredder. Udvalget af interessante effekter er på denne måde næsten uendelig." #: src/using/paths.xml:367(title) msgid "Paths and Text" msgstr "Kurver og tekst" #: src/using/paths.xml:369(title) msgid "Text converted to a path" msgstr "Tekst konverteret til en kurve" #: src/using/paths.xml:375(para) msgid "Text converted to a path and then transformed using the Perspective tool." msgstr "Tekst konverteret til en kurve og derefter transformeret med værktøjet Perspektiv." # På websiden er figuren ikke ovenfor, men ved siden af. #: src/using/paths.xml:387(para) msgid "" "The path shown above, stroked with a fuzzy brush and then gradient-mapped using the Gradient Map filter with the Yellow " "Contrast gradient." msgstr "" "Figuren til venstre optegnet med en udflydende pensel og derefter farveovergangsafbildet med brug af filteret " "Farveovergangsafbildning med en gul kontrast-farveovergang." #: src/using/paths.xml:395(para) msgid "" "A text item created using the Text tool can be transformed into a path using the " "Path from Text command in the context menu of the Text tool. This can be useful for several purposes, " "including:" msgstr "" "Et tekstelement oprettet med værktøjet Tekst kan transformeres til en kurve med brug af " "kommandoen Kurve fra tekst i tekstværktøjets genvejsmenu. Det kan være nyttigt til mange formål inklusive:" #: src/using/paths.xml:403(para) msgid "Stroking the path, which gives you many possibilities for fancy text." msgstr "Optegning af kurven, hvilket giver mange muligheder for smart tekst." #: src/using/paths.xml:409(para) msgid "" "More importantly, transforming the text. Converting text into a path, then transforming the path, and finally either stroking " "the path or converting it to a selection and filling it, often leads to much higher-quality results than rendering the text as a " "layer and transforming the pixel data." msgstr "" "Transformering af teksten. Konverteres tekst til en kurve efterfulgt af transformering af kurven for til sidst at blive optegnet " "eller konverteret til en markering og udfyldt, fører det tit til resultater af højere kvalitet end gengivelse af teksten som et " "lag og transformering af pixeldata." #: src/using/paths.xml:421(title) msgid "Paths and SVG files" msgstr "Kurver og SVG-filer" #: src/using/paths.xml:422(para) msgid "" "SVG, standing for Scalable Vector Graphics, is an increasingly popular file format for " "vector graphics, in which graphical elements are represented in a resolution-independent format, in " "contrast to raster graphics; in which graphical elements are represented as arrays of pixels. GIMP is " "mainly a raster graphics program, but paths are vector entities." msgstr "" "SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) er et tiltagende populært filformat til vektorgrafik, hvor grafiske elementer repræsenteres i et opløsningsuafhængigt format i modsætning til rastergrafik, hvor grafiske elementer er repræsenteret ved en samling pixels. GIMP er hovedsageligt et rastergrafikprogram, men " "kurver er vektorbaserede." #: src/using/paths.xml:431(para) msgid "" "Fortunately, paths are represented in SVG files in almost exactly the same way they are represented in GIMP. " "This compatibility makes it possible to store GIMP paths as SVG files without losing any information. You can " "access this capability in the Paths dialog." msgstr "" "Heldigvis repræsenteres kurver i SVG-filer næsten på samme måde, som de repræsenteres i GIMP. Denne " "kompatibilitet gør det muligt at gemme GIMP-kurver som SVG-filer uden tab af information. Du har adgang til " "denne funktion i dialogen Kurver." #: src/using/paths.xml:439(para) msgid "" "It also means that GIMP can create paths from SVG files saved in other programs, such as " "Inkscape, a popular open-source vector graphics application. This is nice because dedicated vector " "editing programs have much more powerful path-manipulation tools than GIMP does. You can import a path from an SVG file using the Paths dialog." msgstr "" "Det betyder også, at GIMP kan oprette kurver ud fra SVG-filer gemt i andre programmer såsom " "Inkscape (et populært open source-program til vektorgrafik). Det er godt, da " "vektorredigeringsprogrammer har meget bedre værktøjer til manipulering af kurver, end GIMP har. Du kan importere en kurve fra " "en SVG-fil med dialogen Kurver." #: src/using/paths.xml:448(para) msgid "" "The SVG format handles many other graphical elements than just paths: among other things, it handles figures " "such as squares, rectangles, circles, ellipses, regular polygons, etc. GIMP cannot do anything with these entities, but it can " "load them as paths." msgstr "" "SVG-formatet håndterer mange andre grafiske elementer end bare kurver f.eks. kvadrater, cirkler, ellipser, " "regulære polygoner osv. GIMP kan ikke gøre noget ved disse elementer, men de kan indlæses som kurver." #: src/using/paths.xml:456(para) msgid "" "Creating paths is not the only thing GIMP can do with SVG files. It can also open SVG " "files as GIMP images, in the usual way." msgstr "" "GIMP kan mere end bare oprette kurver ud fra SVG-filer: SVG-filer kan også åbnes som GIMP-" "billeder på normal vis." #: src/using/layers.xml:8(title) msgid "Creating New Layers" msgstr "Opret nye lag" #: src/using/layers.xml:10(primary) msgid "Layer" msgstr "Lag" #: src/using/layers.xml:11(secondary) msgid "Creating new layers" msgstr "Opret nye lag" #: src/using/layers.xml:14(para) msgid "There are several ways to create new layers in an image. Here are the most important ones:" msgstr "Der er mange måder at lave nye lag i et billede på. Her er de vigtigste:" #: src/using/layers.xml:20(para) msgid "" "Selecting LayerNew Layer in the image menu. This brings " "up a dialog that allows you to set the basic properties of the new layer; see the New Layer " "dialog section for help with it." msgstr "" "Vælg LagNyt lag … i billedmenuen. Derved åbnes en dialog, " "som lader dig angive det nye lags egenskaber. Se afsnittet Dialogen Nyt Lag, hvis du har " "brug for hjælp." #: src/using/layers.xml:33(para) msgid "" "Selecting LayerDuplicate Layer in the image menu. This " "creates a new layer, that is a perfect copy of the currently active layer, just above the active layer." msgstr "" "Vælg LagDuplikér lag i billedmenuen. Derved oprettes et " "nyt lag lige over det aktive lag, som er en nøjagtig kopi af dette lag." #: src/using/layers.xml:44(para) msgid "" "When you cut or copy something, and then paste it using CtrlV or EditPaste, the result is a " "floating selection, which is a sort of temporary layer. Before you can do anything else, you either have to " "anchor the floating selection to an existing layer, or convert it into a normal layer. If you do the latter, the new layer will " "be sized just large enough to contain the pasted material." msgstr "" "Når du klipper eller kopierer noget og derefter indsætter det med CtrlV eller RedigérIndsæt, " "resulterer det i en flydende markering, som er en slags midlertidigt lag. Før du kan foretage dig noget andet, " "skal du enten forankre den flydende markering til et eksisterende lag eller konvertere det til et normalt lag. Gør du " "sidstnævnte, vil det nye lags størrelse blive ændret, så det lige akkurat er stort nok til at indeholde det indsatte materiale." #: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:12(title) msgid "Rendering a Grid" msgstr "Gengiv et gitter" #: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:13(para) msgid "" "How can you create a grid that is actually part of the image? You can't do this using the image grid: that is only an aid, and " "is only visible on the monitor or in a screenshot. You can, however, use the Grid " "plugin to render a grid very similar to the image grid. (Actually, the plugin has substantially more options.)" msgstr "" "Hvordan kan du lave et gitter, som er en del af billedet? Det kan ikke gøres med billedgitteret, som kun er til hjælp og kun er " "synligt på skærmen eller i et skærmbillede. Men du kan bruge udvidelsesmodulet Gitter " "til at gengive et gitter, som ligner billedgitteret (faktisk har udvidelsesmodulet flere muligheder)." #: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:21(para) msgid "See also Grid and Guides." msgstr "Se også Gitter og hjælpelinjer." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:24(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-floating-sel.png'; md5=226cb89c97cd03443c3f90c1f0fcc762" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:68(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-show-selection-menu.png'; md5=8ee4bc9294a9dd8a05fe08af4f7bb5c9" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:107(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-select-all.png'; md5=eeda2cba5c9142ab46a5f711e4440919" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:172(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-layers-dialog-invislayer.png'; md5=a02e72b17f6b8e8d2c078967d727d3b9" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:211(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-layers-dialog-transparentlayer.png'; md5=998bcb5034da0bd1b196913e073cbf89" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:262(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-layer-group-selected.png'; md5=3ba577b0e51dc40a87213b8a966af4db" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:356(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/empty-clipboard-brush.png'; md5=281f0278816467ec06a87c26592d1d39" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:14(title) msgid "Common Causes of GIMP Non-Responsiveness" msgstr "Almindelige årsager til at GIMP ikke svarer" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:16(title) msgid "There is a floating selection" msgstr "Der er en flydende markering" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:18(title) msgid "Layers dialog showing a floating selection." msgstr "Dialogen lag viser en flydende markering." # Figurtekst #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:27(para) msgid "" "Showing a floating selection that can be anchored ( CtrlH) or turned into " "a new layer ( ShiftCtrlN)." msgstr "" "En flydende markering som kan forankres ( CtrlH) eller laves til et nyt " "lag ( SkiftCtrlN)." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:37(para) msgid "" "How to tell: If there is a floating selection, many actions are impossible until the floating section is " "anchored. To check, look at the Layers Dialog, shortcut CtrlL (making sure it's set to the image you're working on) and see whether the top layer is " "called Floating Selection." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Er der en flydende markering, er mange handlinger ikke mulige, før den flydende markering er " "forankret. Tjek det ved at kigge på dialogen Lag (genvejstast CtrlL) og sørg for, den viser det billede, du arbejder på. Se, om det øverste lag er en " "Flydende markering." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:47(para) msgid "" "How to solve: Right click on the floating selection to open the Layer menu and select either " "Anchor Layer (shortcut CtrlH) to anchor the " "floating selection to the layer below it, or convert it into an ordinary layer by selecting To New Layer (shortcut ShiftCtrlN). If you need more " "help on how to do this, see Floating Selections." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Højreklik på den flydende markering for at åbne menuen Lag, og vælg enten " "Forankr lag (genvej CtrlH) for at forankre den " "flydende markering til laget under den, eller konvertér det til et almindeligt lag ved at vælge Til nyt lag (genvej SkiftCtrlN). Hvis du har brug for " "mere hjælp til, hvordan du gør dette, kan du se Flydende markeringer." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:62(title) msgid "The selection is hidden" msgstr "Markeringen er skjult" # Billedtekst #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:64(title) msgid "Check \"Show Selection\"" msgstr "Aktivér “Vis markering”" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:71(para) msgid "In the View menu, make sure that \"Show Selection\" is checked." msgstr "Sørg for, at “Vis markering” er aktiveret i menuen Vis." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:77(para) msgid "" "How to tell: If this is the problem, merely reading this will already have made you realize it, probably, " "but to explain in any case: sometimes the flickering line that outlines the selection is annoying because it makes it hard to " "see important details of the image, so GIMP gives you the option of hiding the selection, by unchecking " "Show Selection in the View menu. It is easy to forget that you have done this, " "though." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Er det problemet, vil du sandsynligvis allerede have indset det ved at læse dette. Nogle " "gange gør den flimrende linje (“marcherende myrer”) rundt om en markering det vanskeligt at se vigtige detaljer i billedet, " "hvorfor det i GIMP er muligt at skjule markeringen ved at deaktivere Vis markering " "i menuen Vis. Det er dog nemt at glemme, at du har gjort det." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:89(para) msgid "" "How to fix: If this hasn't rung any bells, it isn't the problem, and if it has, you probably know how to " "fix it, because it doesn't happen unless you explicitly tell it to; but anyway: just go to the View menu for " "the image and, if Show Selection is unchecked, click on it." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Hvis dette var problemet, havde du nok allerede gættet det nu, da det kun sker, hvis du " "selv har valgt at deaktivere indstillingen. Åbn Vis i billedmenuen og klik på Vis markering, hvis den ikke er aktiveret." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:101(title) msgid "You are acting outside the selection" msgstr "Du arbejder uden for markeringen" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:103(title) msgid "Fix selection using the \"Select\" menu" msgstr "Ret markering med menuen “Markering”" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:110(para) msgid "" "From the Select menu choose All to make sure that everything is selected, choose None to remove " "the selection, or Invert to invert the selected area." msgstr "" "I menuen Markering vælges Alt for at sikre, at alt er markeret. Vælg Intet for at fjerne " "markeringen eller Invertér for at invertere det markerede område." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:119(para) msgid "" "How to tell: You may have previously selected a part of your image, but now you are trying to work on " "another part that is not inside the selection. Look for the selection outline and check if it is where you want it to be." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Du har måske tidligere valgt en del af dit billede, men nu prøver du at arbejde på en anden " "del, som ikke er inden for markeringen. Se efter omridset af markeringen, og tjek, om det er, hvor du vil have det." # I 2.10 er skyder og talfelt ét; i tidligere versioner er det to separate felter #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:125(para) msgid "How to fix: There are a couple of possibilities." msgstr "Sådan løses det: Der er et par muligheder." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:131(para) msgid "" "If you can't see any selection, there may be a very small one, or it is outside the visible area on your screen, or it can even " "be one that contains no pixels. If this is the case just remove the selection: SelectNone or use the shortcut: ShiftCtrlA." msgstr "" "Kan du ikke se nogen markering, kan der være en meget lille markering, eller den er uden for det synlige område på skærmen, " "eller den kan endda være en markering, der ikke indeholder nogen pixels. Hvis det er tilfældet, skal du bare fjerne markeringen: " "MarkeringIntet eller bruge genvejen: " "SkiftCtrlA." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:144(para) msgid "" "If you can see a selection and thought you were inside it, it might be inverted from what you think. The easiest way to tell is " "to hit the Quick Mask button: the selected area will be clear and " "the unselected area will be masked. If this is the problem, you can solve it by choosing Invert in the " "Select menu (after turning the Quick Mask off if you still have that enabled)." msgstr "" "Hvis du kan se en markering og troede, at du var inde i den, er den måske omvendt af, hvad du tror. Den nemmeste måde at se det " "på er at trykke på knappen Ekspresmaske: det markerede område vil " "blive ryddet, og det ikkemarkerede område vil blive maskeret. Hvis dette er problemet, kan du løse det ved at vælge " "Invertér i menuen Markering (efter at have slået Ekspresmaske fra, hvis den " "stadig er aktiveret)." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:157(para) msgid "" "If doing this has destroyed a selection that you wanted to keep, use Undo (CtrlZ) to restore it, and then we can continue to figure out what the problem is." msgstr "" "Hvis dette har ødelagt en markering, som du ønskede at beholde, skal du bruge Fortryd (CtrlZ) til at gendanne den, og så kan vi fortsætte med at finde ud af, hvad problemet er." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:166(title) msgid "The active drawable is not visible" msgstr "Den aktive tegneflade er ikke synlig" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:168(title) msgid "Layer is invisible" msgstr "Laget er usynligt" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:175(para) msgid "Layers dialog with visibility off for the active layer." msgstr "Det aktive lags synlighed er slået fra i dialogen Lag." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:181(para) msgid "" "How to tell: The Layers dialog gives you ability to toggle the visibility of each layer on or off. Look at " "the Layers Dialog, and see if the layer you are trying to work on is active (i.e., " "darkened) and has an eye symbol to the left of it. If not, this is your problem." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: I dialogen Lag kan du slå lagenes synlighed til og fra. Se i dialogen Lag om laget, du vil arbejde med, er aktivt (dvs. mørkere), og om der er et øje til venstre for det. " "Hvis ikke, er det problemet." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:189(para) msgid "" "How to fix: If your intended target layer is not active, click on it in the Layers dialog to activate it. " "If none of the layers are active, the active drawable might be a channel—you can look at the Channels dialog to see. This does not change the solution, though. If the eye symbol is not visible, click in " "the Layers dialog at the left edge to toggle it: this should make the layer visible. See the Help section for the Layers Dialog if you need more help." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Er det ønskede lag ikke aktivt, så klik på det i dialogen Lag for at gøre det aktivt. Er " "ingen lag aktive, kan den aktive tegneflade være en kanal — kig på dialogen Kanaler. Det ændrer dog ikke på løsningen. Er der ikke et øje, så klik i venstre side i dialogen Lag: Det skulle gøre laget " "synligt. Se afsnittet i hjælp om Dialogen Lag, hvis du har brug for mere hjælp." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:205(title) msgid "The active drawable is transparent" msgstr "Den aktive tegneflade er gennemsigtig" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:207(title) msgid "Layer opacity set to zero" msgstr "Lagets uigennemsigtighed er sat til nul" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:214(para) msgid "Layers dialog with opacity set to zero for the active layer." msgstr "Det aktive lags uigennemsigtighed er sat til 0 i dialogen Lag." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:220(para) msgid "" "How to tell: When the opacity of a layer is 0, you cannot see anything you draw on it. Look at the " "Opacity slider at the top of the Layers Dialog and check the " "value next to it. If it is 0 or another very low value, that is your problem." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Er lagets uigennemsigtighed sat til 0, kan du ikke se det, du tegner på det. Kig på skyderen " "til Uigennemsigtighed øverst i dialogen Lag og se på værdien. Er " "den nul eller meget lille, er dét dit problem." # I 2.10 er skyder og talfelt ét; i tidligere versioner er det to separate felter #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:228(para) msgid "How to fix: Move or click on the slider to change it to the desired value." msgstr "Sådan løses det: Flyt eller klik på skyderen for at ændre værdien." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:235(title) msgid "You are trying to act outside the layer" msgstr "Du forsøger at arbejde uden for laget" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:236(para) msgid "" "How to tell: In GIMP, layers don't need to have the same dimensions as the image: they " "can be larger or smaller. If you try to paint outside the borders of a layer, nothing happens. To see if this is the case, look " "for a black-and-yellow dashed rectangle that does not enclose the area you're trying to draw at." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: I GIMP behøver lag ikke at have samme størrelse som billedet: De kan være " "større eller mindre. Prøver du at male uden for et lag, sker der ingenting. For at se om det kunne være problemet, så kig efter " "et rektangel med en gul og sortstribet ramme, som ikke indeholder det område, du prøver at tegne i." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:244(para) msgid "" "How to fix: You need to enlarge the layer. There are two commands near the bottom of the Layer menu that will let you do this: Layer to Image Size, which sets the layer bounds to match " "the image borders; and Layer Boundary Size, which brings up a dialog that allows you to set the layer " "dimensions to whatever you please." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Du må forstørre laget. Der er to kommandoer nederst i menuen Lag, der " "lader dig gøre dette: Lag til billedstørrelse, som sætter lagets grænser lig billedets kanter, og " "Lagets kantstørrelse …, som åbner en dialog, hvor lagets størrelse kan angives." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:256(title) msgid "You are trying to act on a layer group" msgstr "Du forsøger at arbejde på en laggruppe" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:258(title) msgid "Layer group selected" msgstr "Laggruppe er valgt" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:265(para) msgid "Layers dialog where a layer group is selected." msgstr "Dialogen Lag hvor en laggruppe er valgt." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:271(para) msgid "" "How to tell: Check the Layers Dialog to see if the active layer " "is actually a Layer group. If it is, it will have a + or " "- sign before its name and icon. Most actions don't work on a layer group, in which case an error message " "will show up: Cannot paint on layer groups." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Tjek Dialogen Lag for at se, om det aktive lag " "faktisk er en Laggruppe. Hvis det er tilfældet, vil det have et + eller - foran navnet og ikonet. De fleste handlinger virker ikke på en laggruppe, og i så fald " "vises der en fejlmeddelelse: Kan ikke male på laggrupper." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:281(para) msgid "" "How to fix: You need to make a layer active that is not a layer group. Select a layer by clicking it in the " "Layers Dialog. If the active layer group has a + sign in front of it, it is collapsed. You can click it " "to expand and show the individual layers inside that group." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Du skal gøre et lag, som ikke er en laggruppe, aktivt. Vælg et lag ved at klikke på det i " "dialogen Lag. Hvis den aktive laggruppe har et + foran sig, er den klappet sammen. Du kan klikke på det " "for at udvide og vise de enkelte lag i gruppen." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:291(title) msgid "The image is in indexed color mode." msgstr "Billedet er i tilstanden indekseret farve." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:292(para) msgid "" "How to tell:GIMP can handle three different color modes: RGB(A), Grayscale and Indexed. The indexed color mode uses a colormap, where all colors used in the image " "are indexed. The color picker in GIMP however, lets you " "choose RGB colors. That means, if you try to paint with a different color than is indexed in the colormap, you can end up with " "the wrong color." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: GIMP kan håndtere tre forskellige farvetilstande: RGB(A), gråtoner og indekseret. Tilstanden indekseret farve bruger et farvekort, hvor " "alle i billedet brugte farver er indekserede. Med farvevælgeren i GIMP vælger du RGB-farver. Det betyder, at forsøger du at male med en anden farve, end en indekseret farve i farvekortet, " "kan du ende med en forkert farve." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:303(para) msgid "" "How to fix: If possible, use the RGB color mode to paint on images. You can verify and select another color " "mode from the Mode menuitem in the Image menu. If you need to use " "indexed mode you can pick the color you want to use from the Colormap Dialog." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Brug altid tilstanden RGB-farver hvis muligt, når du maler på billeder. Du kan bekræfte " "eller vælge en anden farvetilstand i menuen Billede under Tilstand. " "Har du brug for indekseret tilstand, kan du vælge den farve, du vil bruge, i dialogen Farvekort." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:314(title) msgid "No visible effect when trying to use a brush, eraser or other tool" msgstr "Ingen synlig effekt når du forsøger at bruge en pensel, et viskelæder eller et andet værktøj" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:315(para) msgid "How to tell: You are trying to use the brush or eraser but you are not seeing anything changing." msgstr "Sådan ses det: Du prøver at bruge penslen eller viskelæderet, men du kan ikke se, at noget ændres." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:319(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Check the Tool Options and make sure that " "Opacity is not set to 0." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Tjek Værktøjsindstillinger og sørg for, " "at Uigennemsigtighed ikke er sat til 0." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:327(title) msgid "No visible effect when trying to use the move tool, rotate or other transform tool" msgstr "Ingen synlig effekt, når du forsøger at bruge værktøjerne flytning, rotation eller transformering" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:329(para) msgid "" "How to tell: You are trying to move (or perform a transformation) on a layer but you do not see anything " "changing." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Du prøver at flytte (eller udføre en transformering) på et lag, men du kan ikke se, at noget " "ændres." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:333(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Check the status bar to see if there is a " "message telling you what is happening, next check Tool Options and make sure " "that the tool you are using is not set to work on a Selection or Path. These " "little buttons are at the top of the Tool Options for Transform Tools." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Tjek statuslinjen for at se, om der " "er en besked, der fortæller dig, hvad der sker. Tjek derefter Værktøjsindstillinger og sørg for, at det værktøj, du bruger, ikke er indstillet til at arbejde på en Markering eller " "Kurve. Disse små knapper er øverst i Værktøjsindstllinger " "til transformerinsgværktøjer." #. Bug #742256 2015-08-30 #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:347(title) msgid "Eraser and brushes no longer work" msgstr "Viskelæder og pensler virker ikke mere" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:348(para) msgid "You have selected the clipboard brush and the clipboard is empty." msgstr "Du har valgt udklipsholderpenslen, mens udklipsholderen er tom." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:352(title) msgid "Empty Clipboard Brush" msgstr "Tom udklipsholderpensel" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:360(para) msgid "How to tell: You are trying to use a brush or the eraser and nothing is happening." msgstr "Sådan ses det: Du prøver at bruge en pensel eller viskelæderet, men intet sker." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:364(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Check the Brush Dialog to see which brush is " "currently in use. If it is the Clipboard Brush and it shows an empty rectangle then select a different brush to use." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Tjek dialogen Pensel for at se, hvilken pensel " "der er i brug i øjeblikket. Hvis det er udklipsholderpenslen, og den viser et tomt rektangel, så vælg en anden pensel at bruge." #. Bug #742256 2015-08-30 #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:373(title) msgid "Eraser does not make area transparent" msgstr "Viskelæder gør ikke området gennemsigtigt" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:374(para) msgid "" "How to tell: You are trying to use the eraser to remove all color but instead of a transparent area " "appearing it turns into the background color (usually white)." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Du forsøger at bruge viskelæderet til at fjerne al farve, men i stedet for at der kommer et " "gennemsigtigt område, bliver det til baggrundsfarven (normalt hvid)." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:379(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Check the active layer in the Layers Dialog: right " "click on it to open a menu and see if Add Alpha Channel is enabled. If it is, then your layer has no " "alpha channel: click that menu item to add an alpha channel. With that fixed, you will be able to erase to transparency." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Tjek det aktive lag i dialogen Lag: Højreklik " "på det for at åbne en menu og se, om Tilføj alfakanal er aktiveret. Hvis det er tilfældet, har dit " "lag ingen alfakanal: Klik på menupunktet for at tilføje en alfakanal. Når det er ordnet, kan du slette til gennemsigtighed." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:390(title) msgid "Unexpected colors when trying to use a brush or eraser" msgstr "Uventede farver når du forsøger at bruge pensel eller viskelæder" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:391(para) msgid "How to tell: You are trying to use the brush or eraser but the outcome is not as you expected." msgstr "Sådan ses det: Du prøver at bruge en pensel eller viskelæderet, men resultatet er ikke som forventet." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:395(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Check whether the layer you are painting on has a Layer Mask. If there is, you may be painting on the Layer Mask instead of the Layer itself. In that case click the Layer to make that " "the active painting area." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Tjek, om det lag, du maler på, har en Lagmaske. " "Hvis der er, maler du måske på lagmasken i stedet for på selve laget. Klik i så fald på laget for at gøre det til det aktive " "maleområde." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:401(para) msgid "" "Another similar possibility is that a Channel is active instead of a Layer. In that case click a layer in the Layers Dialog to " "make a layer active." msgstr "" "En anden lignende mulighed er, at en kanal er aktiv i stedet for et lag. Klik i så fald på et lag i dialogen Lag for at gøre et " "lag aktivt." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:409(title) msgid "The crop tool leaves an empty area after cropping" msgstr "Beskæringsværktøjet efterlader et tomt område efter beskæring" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:410(para) msgid "" "How to tell: After cropping using the Crop Tool the image canvas is " "still using the old size and only the visible part was cropped." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Efter beskæring med værktøjet Beskæring har " "billedlærredet stadig den gamle størrelse, og kun den synlige del er blevet beskåret." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:415(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Go to the Tool Options and make sure that " "Delete cropped pixels is checked." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Gå til Værktøjsindstillinger og sørg " "for, at Slet beskårede pixels er markeret." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:423(title) msgid "I've been waiting for a long time and GIMP is not responding" msgstr "Jeg har ventet længe, men GIMP svarer ikke" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:424(para) msgid "" "How to tell: your mouse cursor is spinning or the window is saying it is not responding and you can't do " "anything in GIMP." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Din musemarkør drejer rundt, eller vinduet siger, at det ikke svarer, og du kan ikke gøre " "noget i GIMP." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:428(para) msgid "" "How to fix: some filters and other operations can take a long time, especially on large images or if your " "computer does not have a lot of free memory. In these cases, you may just need more patience. It can sometimes help to reduce " "the part you are working on by making a selection around a specific area." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Nogle filtre og andre operationer kan tage lang tid, især på store billeder, eller hvis " "din computer ikke har meget ledig hukommelse. I disse tilfælde har du måske bare brug for mere tålmodighed. Det kan nogle gange " "hjælpe at reducere den del, du arbejder på, ved at foretage en markering omkring et bestemt område." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:435(para) msgid "" "GIMP, just like any other software, is not perfect. You may have found a bug. The best thing to do is report it, since you may " "be the first to encounter it. Not reporting it may mean it won't get fixed until someone else reports it." msgstr "" "GIMP er, ligesom al anden software, ikke perfekt. Du har måske fundet en fejl. Det bedste, du kan gøre, er at rapportere den, da " "du kan være den første, der støder på den. Hvis du ikke rapporterer den, kan det betyde, at den ikke bliver rettet, før en anden " "rapporterer den." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:441(para) msgid "" "First check to make sure that you are using the latest version of GIMP; if not update and check if the problem is still there. " "If it is, check if the issue is already known by searching our list " "of issues (also check the closed issues, fixed issues get closed even if there is no new version available yet). If you " "don't see it there, please open a new issue, making sure to give us all details like your Operating System, GIMP version, what " "tool or filter you were using and what exactly happened. Adding a screenshot, or uploading the image you are using can also be " "helpful in certain cases." msgstr "" "Undersøg først, om du bruger den nyeste version af GIMP; hvis ikke, skal du opdatere og tjekke, om problemet stadig er der. Hvis " "det er, så tjek, om problemet allerede er kendt ved at søge i vores liste over problemer (tjek også de lukkede problemer, løste problemer bliver lukket, selv om der ikke er nogen " "ny version tilgængelig endnu). Hvis du ikke kan se det der, skal du åbne en ny fejlrapport og sørge for at give os alle detaljer " "såsom dit styresystem, GIMP-version, hvilket værktøj eller filter du brugte, og hvad der præcist skete. At tilføje et " "skærmbillede eller uploade det billede, du bruger, kan også være nyttigt i visse tilfælde." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:456(title) msgid "General guidelines on what to check if you are stuck" msgstr "Generelle retningslinjer for, hvad du skal tjekke, hvis du sidder fast" #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:459(para) msgid "" "Check the status bar to see if there is a message telling you what is " "happening." msgstr "" "Tjek statuslinjen for at se, om der er en besked, der fortæller dig, hvad " "der sker." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:464(para) msgid "" "If you add the Error Console to one of your docks most of the warnings will appear " "there. This can make it easier to spot any problems." msgstr "" "Hvis du tilføjer Fejlkonsollen til en af dine dokker, vil de fleste af advarslerne " "blive vist der. Det kan gøre det lettere at få øje på eventuelle problemer." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:472(para) msgid "" "Check the Tool Options and make sure that all settings there have expected " "values, or else try to reset to default values." msgstr "" "Tjek Værktøjsindstillingerne og sørg for, at alle indstillinger har de " "forventede værdier, eller prøv at nulstille til standardværdier." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:480(para) msgid "" "Check which Image Mode your image is using. Some operations have limitations when using " "Indexed mode." msgstr "" "Tjek, hvilken Billedtilstand dit billede bruger. Nogle operationer har begrænsninger, " "når du bruger indekseret tilstand." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:487(para) msgid "Check if a selection is active and if needed remove the selection." msgstr "Tjek, om en markering er aktiv og fjern markeringen om nødvendigt." #: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:493(para) msgid "" "Check the Layer Dialog and make sure the correct layer is active, that the opacity, " "blending mode and layer attributes are set as expected." msgstr "" "Tjek dialogen Lag, og sørg for, at det rigtige lag er aktivt, at uigennemsigtighed, " "blandingstilstand og lagegenskaber er indstillet som forventet." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-intro.xml:8(primary) msgid "GIMP" msgstr "GIMP" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-intro.xml:9(secondary) msgid "Getting Unstuck" msgstr "Kom videre, når du sidder fast" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-intro.xml:12(para) msgid "" "All right, okay: you're stuck. You're trying to use one of the tools on an image, and nothing is happening, and nothing you try " "makes any difference. Your fists are starting to clench, and your face is starting to feel warm. Are you going to have to kill " "the program, and lose all your work? This sucks!" msgstr "" "OK, du sidder fast. Du forsøger at bruge et værktøj på et af billederne, men der sker ikke noget, og lige meget hvad du prøver, " "gør det ingen forskel. Dine hænder knyttes, og dit ansigt begynder at føles varmt. Må du slå programmet ihjel og miste al dit " "arbejde? Det er nederen!" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-intro.xml:19(para) msgid "" "Well, hold on a second. This happens pretty frequently, even to people who've used GIMP for a long time, but " "generally the cause is not so hard to figure out and fix if you know where to look. Let's be calm, and go through a checklist " "that will probably get you GIMPing happily again." msgstr "" "Tøv en kende. Det sker ofte, selv for folk som har brugt GIMP længe, men generelt er det ikke svært at finde " "årsagen og løse problemet, hvis du ved, hvor du skal kigge hen. Bevar roen og gennemgå en tjekliste, som sandsynligvis vil få " "dig op at køre med GIMP igen." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:15(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/empty-image-window.png'; md5=25437c95e45d89c5d8960d40c7189396" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:55(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/missing-tool-options.png'; md5=66ed8bb69a602ec9cb7c19ff43e6f0ec" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:6(title) msgid "How to fix missing windows and dialogs" msgstr "Sådan løses manglende vinduer og dialoger" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:9(title) msgid "All tool windows are missing" msgstr "Alle værktøjsvinduer mangler" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:11(title) msgid "Tool dialogs are gone (use TAB)" msgstr "Værktøjsdialoger mangler (brug TAB)" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:18(para) msgid "GIMP's main window with hidden tool dialogs using TAB." msgstr "GIMPs hovedvindue med skjulte værktøjsdialoger efter brug af TAB." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:24(para) msgid "" "When you only see the image window and none of the tool windows, you most likely hit TAB by accident. This is " "the default shortcut to show or hide all docks." msgstr "" "Når du kun ser billedvinduet og ingen af værktøjsvinduerne, har du højst sandsynligt trykket på TAB ved et " "uheld. Dette er standardgenvejen til at vise eller skjule alle dokker." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:29(para) msgid "" "To fix this just press TAB again. Alternatively you can use WindowsHide Docks to toggle between show and hide." msgstr "" "For at rette op på dette skal du bare trykke på TAB igen. Alternativt kan du bruge " "VinduerSkjul dokker for at skifte mellem at vise og " "skjule." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:39(para) msgid "" "Sometimes using TAB to hide the tool dialogs doesn't work. This happens when the focus is inside the tool " "dialogs instead of in the image. To remedy this, put the focus on the image, or use the menu command mentioned above." msgstr "" "Nogle gange virker det ikke at bruge TAB for at skjule værktøjsdialogerne. Det sker, når fokus er inde i " "værktøjsdialogerne i stedet for på billedet. For at afhjælpe dette skal du sætte fokus på billedet eller bruge menukommandoen " "nævnt ovenfor." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:49(title) msgid "Tool options dialog is missing" msgstr "Dialogen til værktøjsindstillinger mangler" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:51(title) msgid "Restore missing tool options dialog" msgstr "Gendan den manglende dialog til værktøjsindstillinger" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:58(para) msgid "Restore missing tool options dialog using the Add Tab menu item." msgstr "Gendan den manglende dialog til værktøjsindstillinger med brug af menupunktet Tilføj faneblad." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:64(para) msgid "" "The Tool Options Dialog can get closed by accident. To get it back click on " "the little triangle on the top right of the dock. This opens a menu." msgstr "" "Dialogen Værktøjsindstillinger kan blive lukket ved et uheld. For at få den " "tilbage skal du klikke på den lille trekant øverst til højre i dokken. Dette åbner en menu." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:69(para) msgid "From that menu choose Add Tab and then Tool Options." msgstr "" "Fra den menu vælges Tilføj faneblad og derefter Værktøjsindstillinger." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:74(para) msgid "" "You can also use WindowsDockable DialogsTool Options. In this case, the dialog may turn up in a different dock than the one you want. If that happens, grab " "the tab that says Tool Options and drag it to where you need it." msgstr "" "Du kan også bruge VinduerDokbare dialogerVærktøjsindstillinger. I dette tilfælde kan dialogen dukke op i en anden dok " "end den, du ønsker. Hvis det sker, skal du tage fat i fanen, hvor der står Værktøjsindstillinger, og trække den hen, hvor du har " "brug for den." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:86(para) msgid "" "To make sure that this or any other dialog doesn't get moved or closed by accident, you can lock it to the dock it is in. To " "enable this, click on the little triangle on the top right of the dock. This open a menu where you should choose " "Lock Tab to Dock (unless it is already checked)." msgstr "" "For at sikre, at denne eller en anden dialog ikke bliver flyttet eller lukket ved et uheld, kan du låse den til den dok, den er " "i. For at aktivere dette skal du klikke på den lille trekant øverst til højre i dokken. Dette åbner en menu, hvor du skal vælge " "Lås faneblad til dok (medmindre det allerede er markeret)." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:98(title) msgid "Some of the tool icons are missing" msgstr "Nogle af værktøjsikonerne mangler" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:99(para) msgid "" "Tools with a similar function are now grouped together by default. To see the other icons in a group move your mouse over an " "icon. Depending on a preferences setting (see below) you can see the other icons in a group by just hovering, or after clicking " "on the icon. The little triangle in the bottom right corner of tool icons tells us that there are more icons in this group." msgstr "" "Værktøjer med en lignende funktion er nu grupperet sammen som standard. For at se de andre ikoner i en gruppe skal du bevæge " "musen over et ikon. Afhængigt af en indstilling (se nedenfor) kan du se de andre ikoner i en gruppe ved blot at holde musen hen " "over ikonet eller ved at klikke på det. Den lille trekant i nederste højre hjørne af værktøjsikonerne fortæller os, at der er " "flere ikoner i denne gruppe." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:107(para) msgid "" "The Toolbox preferences has an option to disable grouping, but also to change the " "groups or make new ones." msgstr "" "Værktøjsindstillingerne har en mulighed for at deaktivere gruppering, men også for " "at ændre grupperne eller lave nye." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:115(title) msgid "The area showing the opened images at the top is missing" msgstr "Området, som øverst viser de åbne billeder, mangler" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:116(para) msgid "" "How to tell: You are using single-window mode and the tab bar " "at the top, that shows which images you have opened, is missing." msgstr "" "Sådan ses det: Du bruger tilstand med ét vindue, og fanebladet " "øverst, som viser, hvilke billeder du har åbnet, mangler." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-gui.xml:121(para) msgid "" "How to fix: Go to menu WindowsShow Tabs and make sure that Show Tabs is checked." msgstr "" "Sådan løses det: Gå til menuen VinduerVis faneblade, og sørg for, at Vis faneblade er markeret." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:6(title) msgid "How to fix problems exporting images" msgstr "Sådan løses problemer med at eksportere billeder" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:9(title) msgid "I am exporting to a jpeg image and my transparent area turned white or black" msgstr "Jeg eksporterer til et jpeg-billede, og det gennemsigtige område blev hvidt eller sort" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:12(para) msgid "" "When exporting images, you need to be aware that most image formats have limitations. A limitation of jpeg images is, that it " "does not support transparency. When exporting to jpeg, GIMP fills the transparent areas with the background color, which by " "default is white." msgstr "" "Når du eksporterer billeder, skal du være opmærksom på, at de fleste billedformater har begrænsninger. En begrænsning ved jpeg-" "billeder er, at JPEG-formatet ikke understøtter gennemsigtighed. Når du eksporterer til jpeg, udfylder GIMP de gennemsigtige " "områder med baggrundsfarven, der som standard er hvid." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:18(para) msgid "To fix this, you will have to choose a different image format that does support transparency, such as png or tiff." msgstr "Det løses ved at vælge et andet billedformat, som understøtter gennemsigtighed (f.eks. PNG eller TIFF)." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:25(title) msgid "I am exporting to a gif image and the colors changed" msgstr "Jeg eksporterer til et gif-billede, og farverne ændrede sig" #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:28(para) msgid "" "When exporting images, you need to be aware that most image formats have limitations. A limitation of gif images is, that it " "supports a maximum of 256 colors. For animated gif, this is 256 colors per frame; however, GIMP does not support exporting each " "frame with a different set of 256 colors. When exporting to gif, GIMP reduces the number of colors in your image to 256 by " "combining more or less similar colors together. This can cause noticeable changes in your image." msgstr "" "Når du eksporterer billeder, skal du være opmærksom på, at de fleste billedformater har begrænsninger. En begrænsning ved GIF-" "formatet er, at det maksimalt understøtter en palet på 256 farver. For animeret gif er det 256 farver pr. billede, men GIMP " "understøtter ikke, de eksporterede billeder hver især har forskellig farvepalet. Når du eksporterer til gif, reducerer GIMP " "antallet af farver i dit billede til 256 ved at kombinere mere eller mindre ens farver sammen. Dette kan forårsage mærkbare " "ændringer i dit billede." #: src/using/getting-unstuck-export.xml:37(para) msgid "" "To fix this, you will have to choose a different image format that does support more colors; or convert your image to Indexed Mode and manually adjust any colors before exporting to gif." msgstr "" "For at løse dette problem skal du vælge et andet billedformat, der understøtter flere farver, eller konvertere dit billede til " "Indekseret tilstand og manuelt justere farverne, før du eksporterer til gif." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:29(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/logo-examples.png'; md5=d5e1265a0ff3bd7fd656c06ae66d3537" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:12(title) src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:16(secondary) src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:22(primary) #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:74(primary) msgid "Text" msgstr "Tekst" # Det er egentlig det, det handler om #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:20(title) msgid "Embellishing Text" msgstr "Teksteffekter" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:23(secondary) msgid "Embellishing text" msgstr "Teksteffekter" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:26(title) msgid "Fancy text" msgstr "Smart tekst" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:32(para) msgid "" "Four fancy text items created using logo scripts: alien neon, bovination, frosty, " "and chalk. Default settings were used for everything except font size." msgstr "" "Fire smarte teksteffekter lavet med brug af logoprogrammer: udenjordisk neon, kvægeffekt, " "frost og kridt. Standardindstillingerne blev anvendt til det hele undtagen skriftstørrelse." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:54(para) msgid "" "This Logos item no longer exists in GIMP-2.10.10. But many scripts are still available in ." msgstr "" "Logoer findes ikke mere i GIMP 2.10.10, men mange programmer er stadig tilgængelige på ." # Menupunktet er ikke i 2.10 #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:41(para) msgid "" "There are many things you can do to vary the appearance of text beyond just rendering it with different fonts or different " "colors. By converting a text item to a selection or a path, you can fill it, stroke the outlines, transform it, or generally " "apply the whole panoply of GIMP tools to get interesting effects. As a demonstration of some of the possibilities, try out the " "\"logo\" scripts at FileCreateLogos. Each of these scripts allows you to enter some text, and then creates a new image showing a logo " "constructed out of that text. If you would like to modify one of these scripts, or construct a logo script of your own, the " "Using Script-Fu and Script-Fu " "Tutorial sections should help you get started. Of course, you don't need Script-Fu to create these sorts of effects, only " "to automate them." msgstr "" "Du kan ændre teksts udseende på mange måder udover bare at skifte skrifttype eller farve. Ved at konvertere et tekstelement til " "en markering eller en kurve kan du opnå spændende effekter ved at udfylde det, optegne omridset, transformere det eller anvende " "hele GIMPs store opbud af værktøjer på det. Prøv logoprogrammerne (FilOpretLogoer) for at se mulighederne. Hvert program lader dig " "indtaste tekst og opretter herefter et nyt billede med et logo med din tekst. Vil du ændre et af disse programmer eller lave dit " "eget logoprogram kan Brug Script-Fu-programmer og En vejledning til Script-Fu hjælpe dig i gang. Du har selvfølgelig ikke brug for Script-Fu til at " "lave denne slags effekter, kun til at automatisere dem." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:72(title) msgid "Adding Fonts" msgstr "Tilføj skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:75(secondary) src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:78(primary) src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:238(primary) msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:79(secondary) msgid "Add" msgstr "Tilføj" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:81(para) msgid "" "For the most authoritative and up-to-date information on fonts in GIMP, consult the Fonts in GIMP 2.0 page at the GIMP web site. This section attempts to give you a helpful overview." msgstr "" "Den mest officielle og opdaterede information om skrifttyper i GIMP kan findes på siden Fonts in GIMP 2.X på GIMPs websted. Dette afsnit forsøger at give en nyttig oversigt." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:88(para) msgid "" "GIMP uses the FreeType 2 font engine to render fonts, and a system called Fontconfig to manage them. GIMP will let you use any " "font in Fontconfig's font path; it will also let you use any font it finds in GIMP's font search path, which is set on the Font Folders page of the Preferences dialog. By default, the font search path " "includes a system GIMP-fonts folder (which you should not alter, even though it is actually empty), and a fonts folder inside your personal GIMP directory. You can add new folders to the font search path if it is more convenient " "for you." msgstr "" "GIMP bruger skrifttypemotoren FreeType 2 til gengivelse af skrifttyper og et system kaldet Fontconfig til at håndtere dem. GIMP " "lader dig bruge enhver skrifttype i Fontconfigs skrifttypesti og også enhver skrifttype i GIMPs søgesti til skrifttyper, som " "angives på siden Mapper til skrifttyper under Indstillinger. Som standard " "indeholder søgestien en GIMP-systemmappe (som du ikke bør ændre, selvom den er tom) og en fonts-mappe i din " "personlige GIMP-mappe. Du kan tilføje nye mapper til søgestien, hvis det er mere belejligt." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:100(para) msgid "FreeType 2 is a very powerful and flexible system. By default, it supports the following font file formats:" msgstr "FreeType 2 er et meget stærkt og fleksibelt system. Som standard understøttes følgende filformater til skrifttyper:" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:106(para) msgid "TrueType fonts (and collections)" msgstr "TrueType-skrifttyper og samlinger)" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:109(para) msgid "Type 1 fonts" msgstr "Type 1-skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:112(para) msgid "CID-keyed Type 1 fonts" msgstr "CID-keyed Type 1-skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:115(para) msgid "CFF fonts" msgstr "CFF-skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:118(para) msgid "OpenType fonts (both TrueType and CFF variants)" msgstr "OpenType-skrifttyper (både TrueType- og CFF-varianter)" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:121(para) msgid "SFNT-based bitmap fonts" msgstr "SFNT-baserede bitmapskrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:124(para) msgid "X11 PCF fonts" msgstr "X11 PCF-skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:127(para) msgid "Windows FNT fonts" msgstr "Windows FNT-skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:130(para) msgid "BDF fonts (including anti-aliased ones)" msgstr "BDF-skrifttyper (inklusive de udjævnede)" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:133(para) msgid "PFR fonts" msgstr "PFR-skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:136(para) msgid "Type42 fonts (limited support)" msgstr "Type42-skrifttyper (begrænset understøttelse)" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:139(para) msgid "" "You can also add modules to support other types of font files. See FREETYPE 2 " "for more information." msgstr "" "Du kan også tilføje moduler til understøttelse af andre typer skrifttypefiler. Se FREETYPE 2 for mere information." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:145(title) msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" # Overskriften er Linux, så det er overflødigt at gentage #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:146(para) msgid "" "On a Linux system, if the Fontconfig utility is set up as usual, all you need to do to add a new font is to place the file in " "the directory ~/.fonts. This will make the font available not only to GIMP, but to any other program that " "uses Fontconfig. If for some reason you want the font to be available to GIMP only, you can place it in the fonts sub-directory of your personal GIMP directory, or some other location in your font search path. Doing either will " "cause the font to show up the next time you start GIMP. If you want to use it in an already running GIMP, press the " "Refresh button in the " "Fonts dialog." msgstr "" "Er Fontconfig-værktøjet sat op som sædvanligt, er alt, du skal gøre for at tilføje en ny skrifttype, at placere filen i mappen " "~/.fonts. Dermed bliver skrifttypen ikke kun tilgængelig for GIMP, men for alle programmer som bruger " "Fontconfig. Skal skrifttypen kun være tilgængelig for GIMP, kan du placere den i undermappen fonts i din " "personlige GIMP-mappe, eller i enhver anden mappe der indgår i søgestien til skrifttyper. Kører GIMP allerede, så tryk på " "knappen Opdatér i " "dialogen Skrifttyper." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:165(title) msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:166(para) msgid "" "The easiest way to install a font is to drag the file onto the Fonts directory and let the shell do its magic. Unless you've " "done something creative, it's probably in its default location of C:\\windows\\fontsC:\\\\windows\\\\fonts or C:\\winnt\\fontsC:\\" "\\winnt\\\\fonts. Sometimes double-clicking on a font will install it as well as display it; sometimes it only " "displays it. This method will make the font available not only to GIMP, but also to other Windows " "applications." msgstr "" "En skrifttype installeres nemmest ved at trække filen over i skrifttypemappen og lade skallen klare resten. Med mindre du har " "foretaget dig noget kreativt, er standardplaceringen C:\\windows\\fontsC:\\\\windows\\\\fonts or C:\\winnt\\fontsC:\\" "\\winnt\\\\fonts. Nogle gange vil et dobbeltklik på skrifttypen både installere den og vise den, og nogle gange vil " "den kun blive vist. Med denne metode bliver skrifttypen ikke kun tilgængelig for GIMP, men også for andre " "programmer." # : ligesom med Windows og Linux #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:182(title) msgid "Mac OS X" msgstr "Mac OS X:" # Linket ovenfor virker ikke - https://support.apple.com/da-dk/guide/font-book/welcome/mac # Hos apple hedder font skrift, og Libraries Bibliotek: https://support.apple.com/da-dk/HT208968 #. http://docs.info.apple.com/article.html?path=FontBook/2.0/en/fb680.html #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:184(para) msgid "" "There are several ways to install fonts on your system. You can drag-and-drop them to the Fonts folder in " "Libraries folder of your Home Folder. Or you may use Font Book, invoked " "by double-clicking the font file icon in the Finder. You can see what the font looks like, and click your favorite fonts so that " "their files are to be installed on the system. These methods will make the fonts available for all applications, not only " "GIMP. If you want all users can use the fonts, drag-and-drop the fonts to the Fonts folder in " "Libraries folder of the Mac OS X Disk, or to the Computer folder in the " "Collection column of Font Book." msgstr "" "Der er flere måder at installere skrifter på dit system. Du kan trække dem over i mappen Fonts i mappen " "Bibliotek i din Hjem-mappe. Eller du kan bruge Skriftbog, som startes " "ved at klikke på skriftfilikonet i Finder. Du kan se, hvordan skriften ser ud, og klikke på dine yndlingsskrifter, så deres " "filer installeres på systemet. Med disse metoder bliver skrifterne tilgængelige for alle programmer og ikke kun GIMP. Skal alle brugere kunne bruge skrifterne, så træk skrifterne til mappen Fonts i mappen " "BibliotekMac OS X-disken, eller til Computer-mappen i kolonnen " "Samling i Skriftbog." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:200(para) msgid "" "To install a Type 1 file, you need both the .pfb and .pfm files. Drag the one that " "gets an icon into the fonts folder. The other one doesn't strictly need to be in the same directory when you drag the file, " "since it uses some kind of search algorithm to find it if it's not, but in any case putting it in the same directory does no " "harm." msgstr "" "For at installere en Type 1-fil kræves både .pfb- og .pfm-filen. Træk filen med et " "ikon over i skrifttypemappen. Den anden behøver strengt taget ikke være i samme mappe, når du trækker filen, da der bruges en " "søgealgoritme til at finde den, men under alle omstændigheder skader det ikke at putte den i samme mappe." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:209(para) msgid "" "In principle, GIMP can use any type of font on Windows that FreeType can handle; however, for fonts that Windows can't handle " "natively, you should install them by placing the font files in the fonts folder of your personal GIMP " "directory, or some other location in your font search path. The support Windows has varies by version. All that GIMP runs on " "support at least TrueType, Windows FON, and Windows FNT. Windows 2000 and later support Type 1 and OpenType. Windows ME supports " "OpenType and possibly Type 1 (but the most widely used Windows GIMP installer does not officially support Windows ME, although " "it may work anyway)." msgstr "" "Principielt kan GIMP bruge enhver skrifttype i Windows, som FreeType kan håndtere. Skrifttyper, som Windows ikke som standard " "kan håndtere, skal du placere i mappen fonts i din personlige GIMP-mappe eller en anden placering, der " "indgår i søgestien til skrifttyper. Understøttelsen afhænger af versionen af Windows. Alle Windows-versioner, som GIMP kører på, " "understøtter som minimum TrueType, Windows FON og Windows FNT. Windows 2000 og senere understøtter derudover Type 1 og OpenType. " "Windows ME understøtter OpenType og muligvis Type 1 (men det mest almindeligt anvendte GIMP-installationsprogram understøtter " "ikke officielt Windows ME, selvom det måske alligevel virker)." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:223(para) msgid "" "GIMP uses Fontconfig to manage fonts on Windows as well as Linux. The instructions above work because Fontconfig by default uses " "the Windows fonts directory, i. e., the same fonts that Windows uses itself. If for some reason your Fontconfig is set up " "differently, you will have to figure out where to put fonts so that GIMP can find them: in any case, the fonts folder of your personal GIMP directory should work." msgstr "" "GIMP bruger Fontconfig til at håndtere skrifttyper i både Windows og Linux. Instruktionerne ovenfor virker, fordi Fontconfig som " "standard bruger Windows' skrifttypemappe, dvs. de samme skrifttyper som Windows selv bruger. Er din Fontconfig af en eller anden " "grund sat anderledes op, skal du finde ud af, hvor skrifttyperne skal placeres, så GIMP kan finde dem. Under alle omstændigheder " "skulle mappen fonts i din personlig GIMP-mappe du." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:236(title) msgid "Font Problems" msgstr "Problemer med skrifttyper" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:239(secondary) msgid "Problems" msgstr "Problemer" #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:241(para) msgid "" "Problems with fonts have probably been responsible for more GIMP 2 bug reports than any other single cause, although they have " "become much less frequent in the most recent releases in the 2.0 series. In most cases they have been caused by malformed font " "files giving trouble to Fontconfig. If you experience crashes at start-up when GIMP scans your font directories, the best " "solution is to upgrade to a version of Fontconfig newer than 2.2.0. As a quick workaround you can start gimp with the " "--no-fonts command-line option, but then you will not be able to use the text tool." msgstr "" "Problemer med skrifttyper har sandsynligvis været skyld i flere GIMP 2-fejlrapporter end nogen anden årsag, selvom de er blevet " "sjældnere i de seneste udgaver af 2.0-serien. I de fleste tilfælde har det skyldtes forkert udformede skrifttypefiler, som giver " "problemer for Fontconfig. Oplever du nedbrud ved opstart, når GIMP skanner dine skrifttypemapper, er den bedste løsning at " "opgradere Fontconfig til en nyere version end 2.2.0. Som en hurtig løsning kan du starte GIMP med kommandolinjetilvalget " "--no-fonts, men så vil du ikke kunne bruge tekstværktøjet." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:252(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Another known problem is that Pango 1.2 cannot load fonts that don't provide an Unicode character mapping. (Pango is the text " #| "layout library used by GIMP.) A lot of symbol fonts fall into this category. On some systems, using such a font can cause " #| "GIMP to crash. Updating to Pango 1.4 will fix this problem and makes symbol fonts available in GIMP." msgid "" "Another known problem is that Pango 1.2 cannot load fonts that don't provide a Unicode character mapping. (Pango is the text " "layout library used by GIMP.) A lot of symbol fonts fall into this category. On some systems, using such a font can cause GIMP " "to crash. Updating to Pango 1.4 will fix this problem and makes symbol fonts available in GIMP." msgstr "" "Et andet kendt problem er, at Pango 1.2 ikke kan indlæse skrifttyper, som ikke har en Unicode-tegnafbildning (Pango er " "biblioteket til tekstlayout, som GIMP bruger). En masse symbolskrifttyper hører til i denne kategori. I nogle systemer kan " "brugen af sådan en skrifttype få GIMP til at bryde ned. Opdateres Pango til version 1.4, løses problemet og symbolskrifttyperne " "er tilgængelige i GIMP." #: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:259(para) msgid "" "A frequent source of confusion occurs on Windows systems, when GIMP encounters a malformed font file and generates an error " "message: this causes a console window to pop up so that you can see the message. Do not close that console window. It " "is harmless, and closing it will shut down GIMP. When this happens, it often seems to users that GIMP has crashed. " "It hasn't: closing the console window causes Windows to shut GIMP down. Unfortunately, this annoying situation is caused by an " "interaction between Windows and the libraries that GIMP links to: it cannot be fixed within GIMP. All you need to do, though, if " "this happens, is minimize the console window and ignore it." msgstr "" "En hyppig kilde til forvirring opstår i Windows-systemer, når GIMP støder på en forkert udformet skrifttypefil og genererer en " "fejlmeddelelse, hvorved et konsolvindue vises, så du kan se meddelelsen. Luk ikke konsolvinduet. Det er harmløst, og " "lukkes det, vil GIMP også lukkes. Når det sker, ser det ofte ud for brugeren som om, GIMP er brudt ned. Men det er " "det ikke: Lukkes konsolvinduet, får det Windows til at lukke GIMP. Uheldigvis skyldes det en vekselvirkning mellem Windows og de " "biblioteker, som GIMP linker til: Det kan ikke løses i GIMP. Sker det for dig, skal du bare minimere konsolvinduet og ignorere " "det." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:107(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/close-warning.png'; md5=01761e419407adf2c97e38904d3cff8d" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:143(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-gif-dialog.png'; md5=6c0effc027a23e667a6da56e007eda6d" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:293(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-heif-dialog.png'; md5=30eb3ca8884ae62eba4771e8260dc5e4" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:335(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-jpeg-dialog.png'; md5=5e9475ee040e869023545dde08cca2f0" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:639(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-png-dialog.png'; md5=784d75c526dfe651477c0601b6c3151f" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:813(None) #, fuzzy msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-tiff-dialog.png'; md5=fed166f0fb81e9e9236b10aa402da9c1" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1010(None) #, fuzzy #| msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-gif-dialog.png'; md5=6c0effc027a23e667a6da56e007eda6d" msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-webp-dialog.png'; md5=2068af474b367ead4d6aa4292ea359db" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1124(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-mng-dialog.png'; md5=77f5b2f7624bbfe11d26c730ad28d6a7" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:18(para) msgid "" "GIMP is capable of reading and writing a large variety of graphics file formats. With the exception of " "GIMP's native XCF file format, file handling is done by plug-ins. This makes it relatively easy to extend " "GIMP to support new file types when the need arises." msgstr "" "GIMP kan læse og skrive en lang række grafikfilformater. Med undtagelse af GIMPs eget XCF-" "filformat foretages filhåndtering af udvidelsesmoduler. Dermed er det relativt let at udvide GIMPs evne til " "at håndtere nye filtyper, når behovet opstår." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:27(title) msgid "Save / Export Images" msgstr "Gem/eksportér billeder" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:29(primary) msgid "Save/Export Images" msgstr "Gem/eksportér billeder" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:32(primary) msgid "Export Images" msgstr "Eksportér billeder" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:35(para) msgid "" "When you opened an image in older GIMP releases, let's say a JPG or PNG, the image kept its format and was " "saved in the same format by using Save. Since GIMP 2.8, all images are imported into " "GIMP's own XCF format, as a new project." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:42(para) msgid "" "For example, a sunflower.png image will be loaded as *[sunflower] (imported)-1.0 (indexed color, 1 layer). The leading asterisk indicates that this file has been changed. This image can be saved as sunflower.xcf " "by using the Save command. If you need your image in another format, you should use the Export command." msgstr "" "F.eks. vil et billede som solsikke.png blive indlæst som*[solsikke] (importeret)-1.0 (indekseret farve, 1 " "lag). Stjernen (*) forrest indikerer, at filen er ændret. Billedet vil blive gemt somsolsikke.xcf ved " "brug af Gem. For at gemme billedet i et andet format anvendes Eksportér." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:51(para) msgid "" "When you are finished working with an image, you will save the results. In fact, it is often a good idea to save at intermediate " "stages too. GIMP is a pretty robust program, but on rare occasions crashes have happened." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at arbejde med et billede, gemmer du resultaterne. Faktisk er det ofte en god idé også at gemme undervejs. " "GIMP er et ret robust program, men i sjældne tilfælde er der sket nedbrud." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:57(para) msgid "" "GIMP's native format XCF is special. It is the only format that can store everything " "about an image (with the exception of undo information). This is the reason that saving can only be done in this " "format. It makes the XCF format especially suited for storing intermediate results, and for saving images to be re-opened later " "in GIMP." msgstr "" "GIMPs eget XCF-format er specielt. Det er det eneste format, der kan gemme alt " "vedrørende et billede (med undtagelse af fortryd-information). Dette er grunden til, at lagring kun kan ske i " "dette format. Det gør XCF-formatet særligt velegnet til lagring af mellemliggende resultater og til at gemme billeder, der skal " "genåbnes senere i GIMP." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:66(para) msgid "" "XCF files are not readable by most other programs that display images. Once you have finished editing your image, you can export " "it to the format of your choice. GIMP supports a wide range of formats. Most file formats that can be " "imported, can also be used for exporting." msgstr "" "XCF-filer kan ikke læses af de fleste andre programmer, der viser billeder. Når du er færdig med at redigere dit billede, kan du " "eksportere det til et format efter eget valg. GIMP understøtter en lang række formater. De fleste " "filformater, der kan importeres, kan også bruges til eksport." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:76(title) msgid "File Formats" msgstr "Filformater" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:77(para) msgid "" "There are several commands for saving and exporting images. They are listed in the " "section covering the File Menu. More information on how to use them can be found there." msgstr "" "Der findes flere kommandoer til at gemme og eksportere billeder med. En liste " "indeholdende information om deres anvendelse kan findes i afsnittet om Filmenuen. Flere " "oplysninger om brugen af dem kan findes der." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:83(para) msgid "" "GIMP allows you to export the images you create in a wide variety of formats. It is " "important to realize that the only format capable of saving all of the information in an image, including " "layers, transparency, etc., is GIMP's native XCF format. Every other format preserves some image properties and loses others. It " "is up to you to understand the capabilities of the format you choose." msgstr "" "GIMP lader dig eksportere de billeder, du laver, til en række formater. Det er vigtigt " "at være opmærksom på, at det eneste format, som kan gemme al information om et billede inkl. lag, " "gennemsigtighed osv., er GIMPs eget XCF-format. Alle andre formater bevarer nogle billedegenskaber og mister andre. Det er dit " "eget ansvar at forstå egenskaberne af det format, du vælger." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:91(para) msgid "" "Exporting an image does not modify the image itself, so you do not lose anything by exporting. See Export file." msgstr "" "Når et billede eksporteres, ændrer det ikke selve billedet, så du mister ikke noget ved at eksportere. Se Eksportér fil." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:97(para) msgid "" "When you close an image (possibly by quitting GIMP), you are warned if the image is \"dirty\"; that is, if it has been changed " "without subsequently being saved (an asterisk is in front of the image name)." msgstr "" "Når du lukker et billede (f.eks. ved at afslutte GIMP), bliver du advaret, hvis billedet er “snavset”, dvs. hvis det er blevet " "ændret uden efterfølgende at blive gemt (der er en stjerne foran billedets navn)." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:103(title) msgid "Closing warning" msgstr "Advarsel ved lukning" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:111(para) msgid "" "Saving an image in GIMP's native format XCF will cause the image to be considered \"not dirty\". On the " "contrary, exporting an image will not change it to \"not dirty\", because GIMP can't know for sure that no " "image information will be lost." msgstr "" "Gemmes et billede i GIMPs eget XCF-format, betragtes billedet som “ikke snavset”. Eksport af et billede vil " "ikke ændre det til “ikke snavset”, fordi GIMP ikke med sikkerhed kan vide, at ingen billedinformation vil gå " "tabt." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:121(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:131(primary) msgid "Export Image as GIF" msgstr "Eksportér billede som GIF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:122(anchor:xreflabel) src/using/fileformats.xml:125(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:135(secondary) msgid "GIF" msgstr "GIF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:128(primary) msgid ".gif" msgstr ".gif" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:134(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:319(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:630(primary) #: src/using/fileformats.xml:805(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:1002(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:1116(primary) #: src/using/brushes.xml:42(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:78(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:105(primary) #: src/using/brushes.xml:123(primary) msgid "Formats" msgstr "Formater" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:139(title) msgid "The GIF Export dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som GIF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:148(para) msgid "" "The GIF file format does not support some basic image properties such as print resolution. If you care for " "these properties, use a different file format like PNG." msgstr "" "Filformatet GIF understøtter ikke nogle grundlæggende billedegenskaber som f.eks. udskriftsopløsning. Vælg " "et andet filformat, som f.eks. PNG, hvis du har brug for disse egenskaber." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:157(term) msgid "GIF Options" msgstr "GIF-indstillinger" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:161(term) msgid "Interlace" msgstr "Indlæs gradvist" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:163(para) src/using/fileformats.xml:647(para) msgid "" "Checking interlace allows an image on a web page to be progressively displayed as it is downloaded. Progressive image display is " "useful with slow connection speeds, because you can stop an image that is of no interest; interlace is of less use today with " "our faster connection speeds." msgstr "" "Afkrydses Indlæs gradvist, vil et billede på en webside blive vist progressivt, efterhånden som det hentes. Progressiv " "billedvisning er nyttig på langsomme internetforbindelser, fordi du kan stoppe et billede, som ikke har interesse. Gradvis " "indlæsning er mindre nyttig i dag med vores hurtigere internetforbindelser." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:174(term) msgid "GIF comment" msgstr "GIF-kommentar" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:176(para) msgid "" "GIF comments support only 7-bit ASCII characters. If you use a character outside the 7-bit ASCII set, GIMP " "will export the image without a comment, and then inform you that the comment was not saved." msgstr "" "GIF-kommentar understøtter kun 7-bit ASCII-tegnsættet. Bruger du tegn uden for 7-bit ASCII-tegnsættet, vil GIMP eksportere billedet uden kommentaren og informere dig om, at kommentaren ikke blev gemt." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:190(term) msgid "Animated GIF Options" msgstr "Indstillinger for animeret GIF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:193(primary) src/using/animated-brushes.xml:13(primary) msgid "Animation" msgstr "Animation" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:194(secondary) msgid "Animated GIF options" msgstr "Indstillinger for animeret GIF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:198(term) msgid "Loop forever" msgstr "Uendelig løkke" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:200(para) msgid "When this option is checked, the animation will play repeatedly until you stop it." msgstr "Afkrydses denne indstilling, vil animationen afspilles igen og igen, indtil du stopper den." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:207(term) msgid "Delay between frames where unspecified" msgstr "Ventetid mellem billeder hvis ikke angivet" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:209(para) msgid "" "You can set the delay, in milliseconds, between frames if it has not been set before. In this case, you can modify every delay " "in the Layer Dialog." msgstr "" "Du kan angive ventetiden (i millisekunder) mellem billeder, hvis det ikke er blevet angivet før. I så fald kan du ændre hver " "ventetid i dialogen Lag." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:217(term) msgid "Frame disposal where unspecified" msgstr "Billedkassering hvis ikke angivet" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:219(para) msgid "If this has not been set before, you can set how frames will be superimposed. You can select among three options :" msgstr "" "Hvis det ikke er blevet angivet før, kan du indstille, hvordan billeder vil blive overlejret. Du kan vælge mellem tre muligheder:" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:225(para) msgid "" "I don't care: you can use this option if all your layers are opaque. Layers will overwrite what is beneath." msgstr "" "Jeg er ligeglad: Anvendes hvis alle lagene er uigennemsigtige. Lag vil overskrive det, som ligger " "nedenunder." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:232(para) msgid "Cumulative Layers (combine): previous frames will not be deleted when a new one is displayed." msgstr "Kumulative lag (sæt sammen): Tidligere billeder vil ikke blive slettet, når et nyt vises." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:239(para) msgid "One frame per layer (replace): previous frames will be deleted before displaying a new frame." msgstr "Et billede pr. lag (erstat): Tidligere billeder vil blive slettet, inden et nyt vises." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:249(term) msgid "Use delay entered above for all frames" msgstr "Brug ventetiden ovenfor til alle billeder" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:251(para) src/using/fileformats.xml:259(para) msgid "Self-explanatory." msgstr "Selvforklarende." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:257(term) msgid "Use disposal entered above for all frames" msgstr "Brug kassering ovenfor til alle billeder" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:271(title) msgid "Export Image as HEIF/HEIC" msgstr "Eksportér billede som HEIF/HEIC" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:273(primary) msgid "HEIF/HEIC" msgstr "HEIF/HEIC" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:275(para) msgid "HEIF stands for High Efficiency Image File Format. Also known as HEIC High Efficiency Image Coding." msgstr "HEIF står for High Efficiency Image File Format. Kendes også som HEIC (High Efficiency Image Coding)." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:279(para) msgid "" "Twice as much information can be stored in a HEIF image as in a JPEG image of the same size, resulting in a better quality. As " "of October 2019, no browser supports HEIF natively." msgstr "" "Dobbelt så meget information kan gemmes i et HEIF-billede som i et JPEG-billede af samme størrelse, hvilket giver en bedre " "kvalitet. Frem til oktober 2019 har ingen browsere indbygget understøttelse af HEIF." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:284(para) msgid "More information in Wikipedia." msgstr "Få mere at vide på Wikipedia." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:289(title) msgid "The HEIF/HEIC Export dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som HEIF/HEIC" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:297(para) msgid "These options are self-explanatory." msgstr "Disse valgmuligheder er selvforklarende." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:303(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:316(primary) msgid "Export Image as JPEG" msgstr "Eksportér billede som JPEG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:304(anchor:xreflabel) src/using/fileformats.xml:307(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:320(secondary) msgid "JPEG" msgstr "JPEG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:310(primary) msgid ".jpg" msgstr ".jpg" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:313(primary) msgid ".jpeg" msgstr ".jpeg" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:323(para) msgid "" "JPEG files usually have an extension .jpg, .JPG, or .jpeg. It is a very widely used format, because it compresses images very " "efficiently, while minimizing the loss of image quality. No other format comes close to achieving the same level of compression. " "It does not, however, support transparency or multiple layers." msgstr "" "JPEG-filer plejer at have filendelsen .jpg, JPG eller .jpeg. Filformatet er meget udbredt, fordi det komprimerer billeder meget " "effektivt, mens tab af billedkvalitet minimeres. Intet andet format kommer i nærheden af samme grad af komprimering. Formatet " "understøtter dog ikke gennemsigtighed eller flere lag." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:331(title) msgid "The JPEG Export dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som JPEG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:339(para) msgid "" "The JPEG algorithm is quite complex, and involves a bewildering number of options, whose meaning is beyond the scope of this " "documentation. Unless you are a JPEG expert, the Quality parameter is probably the only one you will need to adjust." msgstr "" "JPEG-algoritmen er meget kompleks og involverer et forvirrende antal indstillinger, hvis betydning rækker ud over formålet med " "denne dokumentation. Med mindre du er JPEG-ekspert, så er parameteren kvalitet den eneste, du behøver ændre på." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:347(term) msgid "Quality" msgstr "Kvalitet" # I 2.10 er standardværdien 90 #: src/using/fileformats.xml:349(para) msgid "" "When you save a file in JPEG format, a dialog is displayed that allows you to set the Quality level, which ranges from 0 to 100. " "Values above 95 are generally not useful, though. The default quality of 85 usually produces excellent results, but in many " "cases it is possible to set the quality substantially lower without noticeably degrading the image. You can test the effect of " "different quality settings by checking Show Preview in image window in the JPEG dialog." msgstr "" "Når du gemmer en fil i JPEG-formatet, vises en dialog, som lader dig indstille kvalitetsniveauet, der går fra 0 til 100. Værdier " "over 95 er generelt ikke nyttige. Standardkvaliteten på 90 giver sædvanligvis et fremragende resultat, men i mange tilfælde kan " "kvaliteten sættes lavere uden synlig forværring af billedkvaliteten. Du kan teste effekten af forskellige kvalitetsindstillinger " "ved at afkrydse Forhåndsvis i billedvindue i JPEG-dialogen." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:361(para) msgid "" "Please note, that the numbers for the JPEG quality level have a different meaning in different applications. Saving with a " "quality level of 80 in GIMP is not necessarily comparable with saving with a quality level of 80 in a different application." msgstr "" "Bemærk, at tallet for JPEG-kvalitetsniveauet betyder noget forskelligt i forskellige programmer. Gemmes et billede i GIMP med et " "kvalitetsniveau på 80, kan det ikke nødvendigvis sammenlignes med et billede gemt med samme kvalitetsniveau i et andet program." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:372(term) msgid "Use quality settings from original image" msgstr "Brug kvalitetsindstillingerne fra det oprindelige billede" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:376(para) msgid "" "If a particular quality setting (or quantization table) was attached to the image when it was loaded, then this " "option allows you to use them instead of the standard ones." msgstr "" "Hvis en særlig kvalitetsindstilling (eller kvantiseringstabel) blev tilføjet til billedet, da det blev indlæst, " "så lader denne indstilling dig bruge den i stedet for standardindstillingen." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:382(para) msgid "" "If you have only made a few changes to the image, then re-using the same quality setting will give you almost the same quality " "and file size as the original image. This will minimize the losses caused by the quantization step, compared to what would " "happen if you used different quality setting." msgstr "" "Har du kun foretaget nogle få ændringer i billedet, så vil genbrug af den samme kvalitetsindstilling give næsten samme kvalitet " "og filstørrelse som det oprindelige billede. Dette vil minimere tabene forårsaget af kvantiseringstrinnet sammenlignet med, hvad " "der vil ske med brug af andre kvalitetsindstillinger." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:390(para) msgid "" "If the quality setting found in the original file are not better than your default quality settings, then the option Use " "quality settings from original image will be available but not enabled. This ensures that you always get at least the " "minimum quality specified in your defaults. If you did not make major changes to the image and you want to save it using the " "same quality as the original, then you can do it by enabling this option." msgstr "" "Er kvalitetsindstillingen i den oprindelige fil ikke bedre end dine standardkvalitetsindstillinger, så vil indstillingen " "Brug kvalitetsindstillingerne fra det oprindelige billede være tilgængelig, men ikke aktiveret. Det sikrer, at du " "som minimum får kvaliteten angivet i din standardindstilling. Foretog du ikke større ændringer i billedet og vil gemme det i " "samme kvalitet som det oprindelige, kan du gøre det ved at aktivere denne indstilling." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:403(term) msgid "Show preview in image window" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisning i billedvindue" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:405(para) msgid "" "Checking this option causes each change in quality (or any other JPEG parameter) to be shown in the image display. (This does " "not alter the image: the image reverts back to its original state when the JPEG dialog is closed.)" msgstr "" "Afkrydses denne indstilling, vises enhver ændring af kvaliteten (eller enhver anden JPEG-parameter) direkte i billedet (Dette " "ændrer ikke billedet: Billedet vender tilbage til sin oprindelige tilstand, når JPEG-dialogen lukkes)." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:414(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:759(term) msgid "Keep metadata" msgstr "Behold metadata" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:416(para) msgid "" "If the image you loaded has Exif, XMP, IPTC metadata, they are preserved, and you can keep them or not when exporting to JPEG." msgstr "" "Har det indlæste billede Exif-, XMP- eller IPTC-metadata, bevares de, og du kan vælge, om de skal bevares ved eksport til JPEG." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:423(term) msgid "Save thumbnail, Save color profile" msgstr "Gem miniature, Gem farveprofil" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:425(para) msgid "Many applications use the small thumbnail image as a quickly available small preview image." msgstr "Mange programmer bruger den lille miniature til en hurtig forhåndsvisning." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:432(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:926(term) msgid "Comment" msgstr "Kommentar" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:434(para) msgid "You can edit the comment attached to the image you loaded or write a new one." msgstr "Du kan redigere kommentaren til det indlæste billede eller skrive en ny." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:441(term) msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:443(para) msgid "Some information about the advanced settings:" msgstr "Lidt information om de avancerede indstillinger:" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:448(term) msgid "Optimize" msgstr "Optimér" # Entropi optræder ikke i programmet # https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG#Entropy_coding #: src/using/fileformats.xml:450(para) msgid "" "If you enable this option, the optimization of entropy encoding parameters will be used. The result is typically a smaller file, " "but it takes more time to generate." msgstr "" "Aktiveres denne indstilling, vil der ske en optimering af entropikodningsparametrene. Resultatet er typisk en mindre fil, som " "tager længere tid at generere." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:458(term) msgid "Smoothing" msgstr "Udglatning" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:460(para) msgid "" "JPG compression creates artifacts. By using this option, you can smooth the image when saving, reducing them. But your image " "becomes somewhat blurred." msgstr "" "JPEG-komprimering medfører artefakter. Ved at bruge denne indstilling kan billedet udglattes, når det gemmes, hvorved " "artefakterne formindskes. Billedet vil dog blive lidt sløret." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:468(term) msgid "Use arithmetic coding" msgstr "Brug aritmetisk kodning" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:470(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Arithmetic encoding is a form of entropy encoding (a lossless data compression scheme) that, since " #| "GIMP-2.10 can be used in exporting as JPEG. Images using arithmetic encoding can be 5 - 10 % smaller. But older softwares may " #| "have trouble opening these images." msgid "" "Arithmetic encoding is a form of entropy encoding (a lossless data compression scheme) that, since " "GIMP-2.10 can be used in exporting as JPEG. Images using arithmetic encoding can be 5 - 10 % smaller. But older software may " "have trouble opening these images." msgstr "" "Aritmetisk kodning er en form for entropikodning (en måde at komprimere tabsfrit på), som siden GIMP 2.10 " "kan bruges ved eksport til JPEG. Billeder med aritmetisk kodning kan være 5 – 10 % mindre. Ældre programmer kan dog have " "problemer med at åbne dem." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:480(term) msgid "Use restart markers" msgstr "Anvend genstartsmarkeringer" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:482(para) msgid "" "The image file can include markers which allow the image to be loaded as segments. If a connection is broken while loading the " "image in a web page, loading can resume from the next marker." msgstr "" "Billedfilen kan indeholde markeringer, som tillader indlæsning af billedet i segmenter. Afbrydes forbindelsen, mens billedet på " "en webside indlæses, kan indlæsningen genoptages fra den næste markering." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:491(term) msgid "Interval (MCU rows)" msgstr "Interval (MCU-rækker)" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:493(para) msgid "" "JPEG images are stored as a series of compressed square tiles named MCU (Minimum Coding Unit). You can set the size of these " "tiles (in pixels)." msgstr "" "JPEG-billeder gemmes som en række komprimerede, kvadratiske fliser kaldet MCU (Minimum Coding Unit). Du kan angive størrelsen af " "disse fliser (i pixels)." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:501(term) msgid "Progressive" msgstr "Progressiv" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:503(para) msgid "" "With this option enabled, the image chunks are stored in the file in an order that allows progressive image refinement during a " "slow connection web download. The progressive option for JPG has the same purpose as the interlace option for GIF. " "Unfortunately, the progressive option produces slightly larger JPG files (than without the progressive option)." msgstr "" "Aktiveres denne indstilling, vil billeddelene blive gemt i en rækkefølge, som tillader progressiv forbedring over en langsom " "internetforbindelse. Indstillingen progressiv for JPEG har samme formål som indstillingen indlæs gradvist for GIF. Desværre " "medfører aktivering af indstillingen progressiv lidt større filer end uden." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:513(para) msgid "" "Beware that certain older TVs and photo frames (and maybe other devices) may not be able to show jpeg images that have been " "exported with the progressive setting enabled (which is the default)." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:523(term) msgid "Subsampling" msgstr "Undersampling" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:525(para) msgid "" "The human eye is not sensitive in the same way over the entire color spectrum. The compression can use this to treat slightly " "different colors that the eye perceives as very close, as identical colors. Three methods are available :" msgstr "" "Det menneskelige øje er ikke ensartet følsomt over hele farvespektret. Komprimeringen kan udnytte dette til at behandle farver, " "der er ganske lidt forskellige, og som øjet opfatter som næsten ens, som identiske farver. Tre metoder er til rådighed:" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:534(para) msgid "" "1x1,1x1,1x1 (best quality): Commonly referred to as (4:4:4), this produces the best quality, preserving " "borders and contrasting colors, but compression is less." msgstr "" "1×1,1×1,1×1 (bedste kvalitet): Kaldes ofte (4∶4∶4). Giver den bedste kvalitet med bevarelse af kanter og " "kontrastfarver, men giver mindre komprimering." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:543(para) msgid "" "2x1,1x1,1x1 (4:2:2): This is the standard subsampling, which usually provides a good ratio between image " "quality and file size. There are situations, however, in which using no subsampling (4:4:4) provides a noticeable increase in " "the image quality; for example, when the image contains fine details such as text over a uniform background, or images with " "almost-flat colors." msgstr "" "2×1,1×1,1×1 (4∶2∶2): Standarden for undersampling. Giver normalt et godt forhold mellem billedkvalitet og " "filstørrelse. Der er tilfælde, hvor ingen undersampling (4∶4∶4) giver en væsentligt forbedret billedkvalitet, f.eks. hvis " "billedet indeholder fine detaljer såsom tekst på en ensartet baggrund eller næsten ensfarvede billeder." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:555(para) msgid "" "1x2,1x1,1x1 This is similar to (2x1,1x1,1x1), but the chroma sampling is in the horizontal direction rather " "than the vertical direction; as if someone rotated an image." msgstr "" "1×2,1×1,1×1: Lig (1×2,1×1,1×1), men chromasampling sker i vandret retning og ikke i lodret retning, som " "hvis billedet var blevet drejet." # Både 4:1:1 og 4:2:0 findes: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling # I programmet hedder det 4:2:0. På # https://www.impulseadventure.com/photo/chroma-subsampling.html gættes der på, at 4:1:1 ikke er så almindelig. Af den grund og af hensyn til overensstemmelse med programmet ændres til 4:2:0. # Mon ikke der menes desaturate? #: src/using/fileformats.xml:564(para) msgid "" "2x2,1x1,1x1 (smallest file): Commonly referred to as (4:1:1), this produces the smallest files. This suits " "images with weak borders but tends to denature colors." msgstr "" "2×2,1×1,1×1 (mindste fil): Kaldes ofte (4∶2∶0). Giver den mindste filstørrelse. Passer til billeder med " "svage kanter, men giver mindre mættede farver." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:575(term) msgid "DCT Method" msgstr "DCT-metode" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:577(para) msgid "" "DCT is discrete cosine transform, and it is the first step in the JPEG algorithm going from the spatial to the " "frequency domain. The choices are float, integer (the default), and fast integer." msgstr "" "DCT betyder diskret cosinustransformering og er første skridt i JPEG-algoritmen, der fører fra det rumlige til " "frekvensdomænet. Valgmulighederne er kommatal, heltal (standard) og hurtigt heltal." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:586(para) msgid "" "float: The float method is very slightly more accurate than the integer method, but is much slower unless " "your machine has very fast floating-point hardware. Also note that the results of the floating-point method may vary slightly " "across machines, while the integer methods should give the same results everywhere." msgstr "" "Kommatal: Kommatalsmetoden er en anelse mere nøjagtig end heltalsmetoden, men er meget langsommere, med " "mindre din computer har hurtig hardware til beregning med kommatal. Bemærk, at resultatet af kommatalsmetoden kan variere en " "smule fra computer til computer, mens heltalsmetoden skulle give samme resultat på alle computere." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:597(para) msgid "integer (the default): This method is faster than float, but not as accurate." msgstr "Heltal (standard): Hurtigere end kommatal, men ikke lige så nøjagtig." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:604(para) msgid "fast integer: The fast integer method is much less accurate than the other two." msgstr "Hurtigt heltal: Denne metode er meget mindre nøjagtig end de to andre." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:620(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:624(primary) msgid "Export Image as PNG" msgstr "Eksportér billede som PNG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:621(anchor:xreflabel) src/using/fileformats.xml:622(anchor:xreflabel) #: src/using/fileformats.xml:627(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:631(secondary) msgid "PNG" msgstr "PNG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:635(title) msgid "The Export Image as PNG dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som PNG" # I 2.10 er tilføjet (Adam7) #: src/using/fileformats.xml:645(term) msgid "Interlacing" msgstr "Gradvis indlæsning (Adam7)" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:658(term) msgid "Save background color" msgstr "Gem baggrundsfarve" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:660(para) #, fuzzy msgid "" "If your image has many transparency levels, the Internet browsers that recognize only two levels, will use the background color " "of your Toolbox instead." msgstr "" "Har billedet mange gennemsigtighedsniveauer, vil internetbrowsere, som kun genkender to niveauer, bruge værktøjskassens " "baggrundsfarve i stedet. Internet Explorer op til version 6 brugte ikke denne information." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:668(term) msgid "Save gamma" msgstr "Gem gamma" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:670(para) msgid "" "Gamma correction is the ability to correct for differences in how computers interpret color values. This saves gamma information " "in the PNG that reflects the current Gamma factor for your display. Viewers on other computers can then compensate to ensure " "that the image is not too dark or too bright." msgstr "" "Med gammakorrektion kan der korrigeres for forskelle i, hvordan computere fortolker farveværdier. Med denne indstilling gemmes " "information om gamma i PNG-filen, som den er på din skærm. På andre computere kan brugere kompensere, så billedet hverken er for " "mørkt eller for lyst." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:681(term) msgid "Save layer offset" msgstr "Gem lagforskydning" # Gad vide, om det stadig gælder i 2.10? #. Andrew Pitonyak (andrew@pitonyak.org) #. verified this with Alexia Death (alexiadeath@gmail.com) #. on August 17, 2009. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:686(para) msgid "" "PNG supports an offset value called the oFFs chunk, which provides position data. Unfortunately, PNG offset " "support in GIMP is broken, or at least is not compatible with other applications, and has been for a long " "time. Do not enable offsets, let GIMP flatten the layers before saving, and you will have no problems." msgstr "" "PNG understøtter en forskydningsværdi kaldet oFFs chunk, som indeholder data om placering. Desværre virker " "understøttelsen af PNG-forskydning i GIMP ikke, eller er ikke kompatibel med andre programmer, og har været " "det længe. Aktivér ikke lagforskydning, men lad GIMP forene lagene, før billedet gemmes, og der vil ikke være " "nogen problemer." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:699(term) msgid "Save Resolution" msgstr "Gem opløsning" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:701(para) msgid "Save the image resolution, in ppi (pixels per inch)." msgstr "Gem billedets opløsning (i ppi, pixels pr. inch)." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:705(term) msgid "Save creation time" msgstr "Gem oprettelsesdato" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:707(para) msgid "Date the file was saved." msgstr "Datoen filen blev gemt." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:713(term) msgid "Save comment" msgstr "Gem kommentar" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:715(para) msgid "You can read this comment in the Image Properties." msgstr "Du kan læse kommentaren i Billedegenskaber." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:722(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:917(term) msgid "Save color values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Gem farveværdier fra gennemsigtige pixels" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:724(para) msgid "" "When this option is checked, the color values are saved even if the pixels are completely transparent. But this is possible only " "with a single layer, not with a merged composition. When a multi-layer image gets exported to a single-layer file format, there " "is no way GIMP could preserve the color values in the transparent pixels." msgstr "" "Når denne indstilling er afkrydset, gemmes farveværdierne, selv hvis pixlerne er helt gennemsigtige. Det er kun muligt med et " "enkelt lag og ikke med en forenet komposition. Når et billede med flere lag eksporteres til et filformat med et enkelt lag, kan " "GIMP ikke bevare de gennemsigtige pixels' farveværdier." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:735(term) msgid "Pixelformat" msgstr "Pixelformat" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:737(para) msgid "" "By default your PNG image is exported in a pixelformat that resembles the settings of your image in GIMP. " "This is usually what you want, but when you need a specific output format you can change this here to 8 or 16 bits per channel " "RGB or Grayscale, with or without alpha channel." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:747(term) msgid "Compression level" msgstr "Komprimeringsniveau" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:749(para) msgid "" "Since compression is not lossy, the only reason to use a compression level less than 9, is if it takes too long to compress a " "file on a slow computer. Nothing to fear from decompression: it is as quick whatever the compression level." msgstr "" "Da komprimering er tabsfri, er den eneste grund til at bruge et lavere komprimeringsniveau end 9, at komprimeringen på en " "langsom computer kan tage lang tid. Der er ikke noget at være bange for ved dekomprimering: Hastigheden er den samme uanset " "komprimeringsniveauet." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:761(para) msgid "" "If the image you loaded has Exif, XMP, IPTC metadata, they are preserved, and you can keep them or not when exporting to PNG." msgstr "" "Har det indlæste billede Exif-, XMP- eller IPTC-metadata, bevares de, og du kan vælge, om de skal bevares ved eksport til PNG." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:768(term) msgid "Save Defaults" msgstr "Gem standardværdier" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:770(para) msgid "Click to save the current settings. Latter, you can use Load Defaults to load the saved settings." msgstr "" "Klik for at gemme de aktuelle indstillinger. Senere kan du bruge Indlæs standardværdier for at indlæse de " "gemte indstillinger." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:779(para) msgid "" "The PNG format supports indexed images. Using fewer colors, therefore, results in a smaller file; this is especially useful for " "creating web images; see ." msgstr "" "PNG-formatet understøtter billeder med indekserede farver. Anvendes færre farver, giver det en mindre fil. Det er særligt " "nyttigt til billeder til nettet (se )." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:785(para) msgid "" "Computers work on 8 bits blocks named Byte. A byte allows 256 colors. Reducing the number of colors below 256 is " "not useful: a byte will be used anyway and the file size will not be less. More, this PNG8 format, like GIF, uses " "only one bit for transparency; only two transparency levels are possible, transparent or opaque." msgstr "" "Computere arbejder med blokke af 8 bit kaldet en byte. En byte tillader 256 farver. Det hjælper ikke at reducere " "antallet af farver til mindre end 256: Der vil stadig bruges en byte og filen vil ikke blive mindre. PNG8-" "formatet anvender, ligesom GIF, kun en bit til gennemsigtighed, så kun to tilstande er mulige: gennemsigtig eller uigennemsigtig." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:797(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:799(primary) msgid "Export Image as TIFF" msgstr "Eksportér billede som TIFF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:802(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:806(secondary) msgid "TIFF" msgstr "TIFF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:809(title) msgid "The TIFF Export dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som TIFF" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:819(term) msgid "Compression" msgstr "Komprimering" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:821(para) msgid "This option allows you to specify the algorithm used to compress the image." msgstr "Med denne indstilling kan du vælge den algoritme, der skal anvendes til komprimering af billedet." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:827(para) #, fuzzy msgid "None: is fast, and lossless, but the resulting file can be very large." msgstr "Ingen: Hurtig og tabsfri, men filen bliver meget stor." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:833(para) #, fuzzy msgid "" "LZW: The image is compressed using the Lempel-Ziv-Welch algorithm, a lossless compression " "technique. This is efficient and fast. More information at ." msgstr "" "LZW: Billedet komprimeres med Lempel-Ziv-Welch-algoritmen, som er en tabsfri metode. Den er " "gammel, men effektiv og hurtig. Find mere information her: ." # Uden mellemrum: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PackBits #: src/using/fileformats.xml:842(para) msgid "" "Pack Bits: is a fast, simple compression scheme for run-length encoding of data. Apple introduced the " "PackBits format with the release of MacPaint on the Macintosh computer. A PackBits data stream consists of packets of one byte " "of header followed by data. (Source: )" msgstr "" "PackBits: hurtig og enkel komprimeringsmetode til rækkekomprimering af data. Apple introducerede PackBits-" "formatet med udgivelsen af MacPaint på Macintosh-computeren. En PackBits-datastrøm består af pakker med en byte header " "efterfulgt af data (Kilde: )." # Tilføjet () så det er samme som ovenstående. #: src/using/fileformats.xml:853(para) #, fuzzy msgid "" "Deflate: is a lossless data compression algorithm that uses a combination of the LZ77 algorithm and Huffman " "coding. It is also used in Zip and Gzip files and PNG images. Source: ." msgstr "" "Udpak (deflate): Tabsfri datakomprimeringsalgoritme, som anvender en kombination af LZ77-algoritmen og " "Huffman-kodning. Anvendes også i Zip-, Gzip- og PNG-filformaterne (Kilde: )." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:862(para) msgid "" "JPEG: is a very good compression algorithm but lossy. This is the same compression as used in JPEG images. " "Since it is lossy, you should not use this when image quality is important. This compression can not be used when your image is " "in indexed mode." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:871(para) #, fuzzy msgid "" "CCITT Group 3 fax and CCITT Group 4 fax are black and white formats developed to " "transfer images by FAX." msgstr "" "CCITT Group 3-fax og CCITT Group 4-fax: Sort og hvidt-format udviklet til overførsel " "af billeder via fax." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:877(para) #, fuzzy msgid "" "These two compression modes can only be selected, if the image is in indexed mode and reduced to two colors. Use " "ImageModeIndexed to convert the " "image to indexed mode. Make sure that Use black and white (1-bit) palette is checked." msgstr "" "Disse indstillinger kan kun vælges, hvis billedet er indekseret og reduceret til to farver. Brug BilledeTilstandIndekseret … for at ændre billedet til " "indekserede farver. Sørg for at vælge Brug sort og hvid (1 bit) palet." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:895(term) msgid "Save layers" msgstr "Gem lag" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:897(para) #, fuzzy msgid "Since GIMP-2.10.12, you can save layers when exporting to TIFF. Each layer will be a separate page in the TIFF image." msgstr "Fra og med GIMP 2.10.12 kan lag gemmes ved eksport til TIFF." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:904(term) msgid "Crop layers to image bounds" msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:906(para) msgid "" "When Save layers is checked, this option, which is enabled by default, will resize all layers to the size " "of the image. TIFF images can not have negative offsets. This option enables you to import the TIFF again without having to " "change the position of layers that had a different size as the image in the original." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:919(para) #, fuzzy msgid "When this is enabled the color values are saved even if the pixels are completely transparent." msgstr "Med denne indstilling gemmes farveværdierne, også selvom pixlerne er helt gennemsigtige." # Findes ikke i 2.10 #: src/using/fileformats.xml:928(para) msgid "In this text box, you can enter a comment that is associated with the image." msgstr "I dette tekstfelt kan man indtaste en kommentar, som hører til billedet." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:935(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:1060(term) #, fuzzy msgid "Save Exif data" msgstr "Gem EXIF-data" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:937(para) msgid "When this option is enabled existing EXIF metadata will be saved in the exported TIFF image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:944(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:1078(term) msgid "Save XMP data" msgstr "Gem XMP-data" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:946(para) msgid "When this option is enabled existing XMP metadata will be saved in the exported TIFF image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:953(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:1069(term) #, fuzzy msgid "Save IPTC data" msgstr "Gem XMP-data" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:955(para) msgid "When this option is enabled existing IPTC metadata will be saved in the exported TIFF image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:962(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:1096(term) msgid "Save thumbnail" msgstr "Gem miniature" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:964(para) msgid "" "When this option is enabled a thumbnail will be saved as the second page in the exported TIFF image. This will also cause " "certain EXIF tags to be saved even if you have disabled saving EXIF metadata." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:973(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:1087(term) #, fuzzy msgid "Save color profile" msgstr "Gem miniature, Gem farveprofil" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:975(para) msgid "When this option is enabled the color profile will be saved in the exported TIFF image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:982(term) #, fuzzy msgid "Save GeoTIFF data" msgstr "Gem EXIF-data" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:984(para) msgid "" "When this option is enabled GeoTIFF metadata that was present in the original image will be saved in the exported TIFF image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:994(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:996(primary) #, fuzzy #| msgid "Export Image as PNG" msgid "Export Image as WebP" msgstr "Eksportér billede som PNG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:999(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:1003(secondary) msgid "WebP" msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1006(title) #, fuzzy #| msgid "The JPEG Export dialog" msgid "The WebP Export dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som JPEG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1016(term) msgid "Lossless" msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1018(para) msgid "" "When checked, the image will be saved in a way that keeps the original quality. This disables the Image quality and Alpha quality settings. When unchecked, the image will be saved based on the quality settings " "below, which may cause some loss of quality, but at a better compression ratio. This is the default." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1030(term) msgid "Image quality, Alpha quality" msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1032(para) msgid "" "These settings determine at what quality the image will be saved. A higher image quality usually means a larger filesize. When " "filesize is important you can check if a lower quality is still good enough for your purposes." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1041(term) msgid "Source Type" msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1043(para) msgid "" "This selects the type of image you are trying to export. Presumably this will help in deciding the best way to compress the " "image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1048(para) msgid "" "Choices are: Default, Picture for digital pictures, like portraits or inside shots, " "Photo for outdoor photography with natural lighting, Drawing for hand or line drawing, " "with high-contrast details, Icon for small-sized colorful images, and Text for images " "containing mostly text." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1062(para) msgid "When this option is enabled existing EXIF metadata will be saved in the exported image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1071(para) msgid "When this option is enabled existing IPTC metadata will be saved in the exported image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1080(para) msgid "When this option is enabled existing XMP metadata will be saved in the exported image." msgstr "" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1089(para) #, fuzzy msgid "When this option is enabled the color profile will be saved in the exported image." msgstr "Med denne indstilling gemmes farveværdierne, også selvom pixlerne er helt gennemsigtige." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1098(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "When this option is checked, the animation will play repeatedly until you stop it." msgid "When this option is enabled a thumbnail will be saved in the exported image." msgstr "Afkrydses denne indstilling, vil animationen afspilles igen og igen, indtil du stopper den." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1108(title) src/using/fileformats.xml:1110(primary) msgid "Export Image as MNG" msgstr "Eksportér billede som MNG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1113(primary) src/using/fileformats.xml:1117(secondary) msgid "MNG" msgstr "MNG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1120(title) msgid "Export MNG File Dialog" msgstr "Dialogen Eksportér billede som MNG" #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1128(para) msgid "MNG is acronym for Multiple-Image Network Graphics." msgstr "MNG står for Multiple-Image Network Graphics." #: src/using/fileformats.xml:1131(para) msgid "" "The main problem is that Konqueror is the only Web navigator that recognizes the MNG animation format. Please see ." msgstr "" "Konqueror er den eneste webbrowser, som genkender MNG-animationsformatet. Se for mere information." #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:13(title) msgid "Customize Splash-Screen" msgstr "Tilpas opstartsbilledet" #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:17(secondary) src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:20(primary) msgid "Splash-screen" msgstr "Opstartsbillede" #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:23(para) msgid "" "When you start GIMP, you see the splash-screen displaying short status messages while " "the program is loading all its components." msgstr "" "Når GIMP startes op, vises opstartsbilledet med korte statusbeskeder, mens programmet " "indlæser alle komponenterne." #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:28(para) msgid "" "Of course, you can customize the splash-screen: Create a splashes directory in your " "personal GIMP folder. The location of this folder depends on your OS:" msgstr "" "Selvfølgelig kan du tilpasse opstartsbilledet: Opret en splashes-mappe i din personlige " "GIMP-mappe. Placeringen af denne mappe afhænger af dit styresystem:" #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:36(para) msgid "Linux: /home/user_name/.config/GIMP/2.10/" msgstr "Linux: /home/bruger_navn/.config/GIMP/2.10/" #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:41(para) msgid "macOS: /Users/user_name/Library/Application Support/GIMP/2.10/" msgstr "" "macOS: /Users/brugernavn/Library/Application Support/GIMP/2.10/" #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:46(para) msgid "Windows: C:\\Users\\user_name\\AppData\\Roaming\\GIMP\\2.10\\" msgstr "Windows: C:\\Users\\brugernavn\\AppData\\Roaming\\GIMP\\2.10\\" #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:51(para) msgid "" "Copy your image(s) into this splashes directory. On start, GIMP will " "read this directory and choose one of the images at random." msgstr "" "Kopiér dine billeder til mappen splashes. Under opstart vil GIMP " "læse mappens indhold og tilfældigt vælge et billede." #: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:59(para) msgid "Make sure that your images aren't too small." msgstr "Sørg for, at dine billeder ikke er for små." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/brushes.xml:65(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/file-gbr-save.png'; md5=9dc83346c647c95e74234f0d30fdd263" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #: src/using/brushes.xml:8(title) msgid "Adding New Brushes" msgstr "Tilføj nye pensler" #: src/using/brushes.xml:11(secondary) msgid "Add New" msgstr "Tilføj ny" #: src/using/brushes.xml:15(para) msgid "There is a quick method to add a new brush: ." msgstr "Der er en hurtig metode til at tilføje en ny pensel på: ." # Hedder Opdatér pensler i 2.10 #: src/using/brushes.xml:21(para) msgid "" "To add a new brush, after either creating or downloading it, you need to save it in a format GIMP can use. The brush file needs " "to be placed in the GIMP's brush search path, so that GIMP is able to index and display it in the Brushes dialog. You can hit " "the Refresh button, which reindexes the brush directory. GIMP uses three file formats for brushes:" msgstr "" "For at tilføje en ny pensel, efter at have lavet den eller hentet den på internettet, skal du gemme den i et format, GIMP kan " "bruge. Penselfilen skal placeres i GIMPs søgesti til pensler, så GIMP kan indeksere den og vise den i dialogen Pensler. Du kan " "trykke på knappen Opdatér pensler, som indekserer penselmappen igen. GIMP anvender tre filformater til " "pensler:" #: src/using/brushes.xml:33(secondary) msgid "File formats" msgstr "Filformater" #: src/using/brushes.xml:36(term) src/using/brushes.xml:39(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:43(secondary) msgid "GBR" msgstr "GBR" # https://github.com/GNOME/gimp/blob/master/devel-docs/gbr.txt (pr. 17/12-2018) #: src/using/brushes.xml:45(para) msgid "" "The .gbr (\"gimp brush\") format is used for ordinary and color " "brushes. You can convert many other types of images, including many brushes used by other programs, into GIMP brushes by opening " "them in GIMP and saving them with file names ending in .gbr. This brings up a dialog box in which you can " "set the default Spacing for the brush. A more complete description of the GBR file format can be found in the file gbr." "txt in the devel-docs directory of the GIMP source distribution." msgstr "" "Formatet .gbr (“gimp brush”) anvendes for både almindelige og " "farvepensler. Du kan konvertere mange andre typer billeder, inkl. mange pensler anvendt af andre programmer, til GIMP-pensler " "ved at åbne dem i GIMP og gemme dem med filendelsen .gbr. Dette åbner en dialog, hvor du kan angive " "standardmellemrummet for penslen. GBR-filformatet er beskrevet i detaljer i filen gbr.txt i devel-docs-mappen i GIMPs kildekode." #: src/using/brushes.xml:59(title) msgid "Save a .gbr brush" msgstr "Gem en .gbr-pensel" #: src/using/brushes.xml:72(term) src/using/brushes.xml:75(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:79(secondary) msgid "GIH" msgstr "GIH" #: src/using/brushes.xml:81(para) msgid "" "The .gih (\"gimp image hose\") format is " "used for animated brushes. These brushes are constructed from images containing multiple layers: each layer may contain multiple " "brush-shapes, arranged in a grid. When you save an image as a .gih file, a dialog comes up that allows you " "to describe the format of the brush. Look at The GIH dialog box for more " "information about the dialog. The GIH format is rather complicated: a complete description can be found in the file " "gih.txt in the devel-docs directory of the GIMP source distribution." msgstr "" "Formatet .gih (“gimp image hose”) anvendes " "til animerede pensler. Disse pensler konstrueres ud fra billeder, som indeholder flere lag. Hvert lag kan indeholde flere " "penselformer arrangeret i et gitter. Når du gemmer et billede som en .gih-fil, åbner en dialog, som lader " "dig beskrive penslens format. Se GIH-dialogen for yderligere information om " "dialogen. GIH-formatet er meget komplekst; GIH-filformatet er beskrevet i detaljer i filen gih.txt i " "devel-docs-mappen i GIMPs kildekode." #: src/using/brushes.xml:99(term) src/using/brushes.xml:102(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:106(secondary) msgid "VBR" msgstr "VBR" #: src/using/brushes.xml:108(para) msgid "" "The .vbr format is used for parametric brushes, i. e., brushes created using the Brush Editor. There is " "really no other meaningful way of obtaining files in this format." msgstr "" "Formatet .vbr anvendes til parametriske pensler, dvs. pensler lavet med brug af Penselredigering. Der er " "ingen anden meningsfuld måde at få filer i dette format." #: src/using/brushes.xml:117(term) src/using/brushes.xml:120(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:124(secondary) msgid "MYB" msgstr "MYB" #: src/using/brushes.xml:126(para) msgid "" "The .myb format is used for MyPaint brushes. Please refer to " "for more information." msgstr "" "Formatet .myb anvendes til MyPaint-pensler. Se for yderligere " "oplysninger." #: src/using/brushes.xml:134(para) msgid "" "To make a brush available, place it in one of the folders in GIMP's brush search path. By default, the brush search path " "includes two folders, the system brushes folder, which you should not use or alter, and the " "brushes folder inside your personal GIMP directory. You can add new folders to the brush search path using " "the Brush Folders page of the Preferences dialog. Any GBR, GIH, or VBR file " "included in a folder in the brush search path will show up in the Brushes dialog the next time you start GIMP, or as soon as you " "press the Refresh button in the Brushes dialog." msgstr "" "En pensel gøres tilgængelig ved at placere den i en mappe, som GIMP søger efter pensler i. Som standard indeholder søgestien til " "pensler to mapper: systemmappen brushes, som du ikke må bruge eller ændre, og mappen brushes i din personlige GIMP-mappe. Du kan tilføje nye mapper til søgestien til pensler på siden Mapper til pensler under Indstillinger. Enhver GBR-, GIH- eller VBR-fil, som tilføjes en af mapperne i " "søgestien, vil vises i dialogen Pensler, næste gang du starter GIMP eller trykker på knappen Opdatér i " "dialogen Pensler." #: src/using/brushes.xml:147(para) msgid "" "When you create a new parametric brush using the Brush Editor, it is automatically saved in your personal brushes folder." msgstr "" "Når du opretter en ny parametrisk pensel v.hj.a. Penselredigering, gemmes den automatisk i din personlige brushes-mappe." #: src/using/brushes.xml:153(para) msgid "" "There are a number of web sites with downloadable collections of GIMP brushes. Rather than supplying a list of links that will " "soon be out of date, the best advice is to do a search with your favorite search engine for GIMP brushes. There " "are also many collections of brushes for other programs with painting functionality. Some can be converted easily into GIMP " "brushes, some require special conversion utilities, and some cannot be converted at all. Most fancy procedural brush types fall " "into the last category. If you need to know, look around on the web, and if you don't find anything, look for an expert to ask." msgstr "" "Der findes en række websteder, hvor man kan hente samlinger af GIMP-pensler. I stedet for at give en liste med links, som " "hurtigt vil forældes, er det bedre, hvis du foretager en søgning med din yndlingssøgemaskine efter GIMP brushes. " "Der findes mange samlinger til andre tegneprogrammer. Nogle kan nemt konverteres til GIMP-pensler, mens andre kræver specielle " "konverteringsværktøjer, og atter andre ikke kan konverteres. De fleste smarte procedurebaserede penseltyper tilhører sidstnævnte " "kategori. Søg på nettet, hvis du har brug for at finde ud af det og spørg en ekspert, hvis du ikke kan finde noget." #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:33(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/file-gih-save.png'; md5=c38cc3eddf82d57a85a41e2f23b65f7b" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:142(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-array2D.png'; md5=c15b84ef6a337006a1f39b307847a573" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:152(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-array3D.png'; md5=9feefe655bf2c5034f05b9faaafc82b6" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:239(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-array1D.png'; md5=68095ff8ef85b22e5a9f104026505900" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:290(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih1234incr.png'; md5=916ee26278465b6f392b47d3441e6316" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:308(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih1234rand.png'; md5=8d8cb33c9bcf1271675c898c3e80edda" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:324(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih1234angl.png'; md5=61d5f4b2f9828f9f838601a663a4e2e1" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:350(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-3Dnum.png'; md5=fc2b9899af4d83c132c50ebe6c61bd1e" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:464(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-correlation.png'; md5=f0421f134c5e4534ac1b1dff89a7ab05" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:479(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-hands-layers.png'; md5=aeecc0dc6089d90f578aaded7a68b988" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:532(None) msgid "@@image: 'images/using/gih-hands-stroke.png'; md5=3032494d8893f9cb754b05b12af748ec" msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]" # Box er overflødig - udelader det, da det ikke bruges i forbindelse med andre dialoger #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:10(title) msgid "The GIH Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogen GIH" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:14(secondary) msgid "Creating an animated brush" msgstr "Opret en animeret pensel" # Både i 2.8 og 2.10 bruges eksportér og ikke gem #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:17(para) msgid "" "When your new animated brush is created, it is displayed within the image window and you would like save it into a gih format. " "You select FileSave as... menu, name your work with the " "gih extension in the new window relevant field and as soon as you pressed the Save button, the following window is displayed:" msgstr "" "Når din nye animerede pensel er oprettet, vises den i billedvinduet. Vælg FilEksportér som … for at gemme i gih-formatet. Navngiv din animerede pensel med " "filendelsen .gih og tryk Eksportér, hvorefter følgende dialog vises:" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:30(title) msgid "The dialog to describe the animated brush" msgstr "Dialogen til beskrivelse af den animerede pensel" # image hose bruges kun i doku. og ikke i programmet. Dialogens navn er Brush pipe (penselrørledning) #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:36(para) msgid "This dialog box shows up, if you save an image as GIMP image hose" msgstr "Denne dialog vises, når du eksporterer et billede som en animeret pensel" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:43(para) msgid "This dialog box has several options not easy to understand. They allow you to determine the way your brush is animated." msgstr "Dialogen har mange indstillinger, som kan være svære at forstå. Med dem kan du bestemme, hvordan din pensel skal animeres." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:49(term) msgid "Spacing (Percent)" msgstr "Mellemrum (procent)" # Ikke helt nemt at forstå meningen #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:51(para) msgid "" "Spacing is the distance between consecutive brush marks when you trace out a brushstroke with the pointer. You " "must consider drawing with a brush, whatever the paint tool, like stamping. If Spacing is low, stamps will be very close and " "stroke look continuous. If spacing is high, stamps will be separated: that's interesting with a color brush (like green " "pepper for instance). Value varies from 1 to 200 and this percentage refers to brush diameter: 100% is " "one diameter." msgstr "" "Mellemrum er afstanden mellem fortløbende penselmærker, når du følger et penselstrøg med markøren. Uanset " "maleværktøjet kan du anskue det at male som at sætte stempler. Er mellemrummet lille, er stemplerne meget tætte og strøget ser " "sammenhængende ud. Er mellemrummet på den anden side stort, vil stemplerne være adskilte; det kan give interessante effekter med " "en farvepensel (som f.eks. grøn peber). Værdierne ligger mellem 1 og 200 %, hvilket refererer til penslens " "diameter: 100 % betyder én diameter." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:67(para) msgid "It's the brush name that will appear at the top of Brush Dialog (grid mode) when the brush is selected." msgstr "Penslens navn som det vil vises øverst i dialogen Pensel (gittertilstand), når penslen er valgt." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:74(term) msgid "Cell Size" msgstr "Cellestørrelse" # Aspect er her det enkelte udtryk af en pensel, som kan have flere udtryk/dele #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:76(para) msgid "" "That's size of cells you will cut up in layers... Default is one cell per layer and size is that of the layer. Then there is " "only one brush aspect per layer." msgstr "" "Størrelsen på celler, som laget deles op i. Standard er en celle pr. lag, og størrelsen er lig lagets. I så fald har penslen kun " "en del pr. lag." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:81(para) msgid "" "We could have only one big layer and cut up in it the cells that will be used for the different aspects of the animated brush." msgstr "Vi kunne have ét stort lag, som blev skåret op i celler, der kunne bruges til den animerede pensels forskellige dele." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:85(para) msgid "" "For instance, we want a 100x100 pixels brush with 8 different aspects. We can take these 8 aspects from a 400x200 pixels layer, " "or from a 300x300 pixels layer but with one cell unused." msgstr "" "For eksempel kunne vi tænke os en pensel med 100×100 pixel i otte forskellige dele. Disse otte dele kunne tages fra et lag på " "400×200 pixels eller et lag på 300×300 med en ubrugt celle." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:93(term) msgid "Number of cells" msgstr "Antal celler" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:95(para) msgid "" "That's the number of cells (one cell per aspect) that will be cut in every layer. Default is the number of layers as there is " "only one layer per aspect." msgstr "Antal celler (en celle pr. del) som vil udtages af hvert lag. Standard er antallet af lag, da der kun er et lag pr. del." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:103(term) msgid "Display as" msgstr "Vis som" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:105(para) msgid "" "This tells how cells have been arranged in layers. If, for example, you have placed height cells at the rate of two cells per " "layer on four layers, GIMP will display: 1 rows of 2 columns on each layer." msgstr "" "Hvordan cellerne er arrangeret i lagene. Har du f.eks. placeret otte celler med to celler pr. lag på fire lag, vil GIMP vise: " "1 række(r) med 2 kolonner i hvert lag." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:114(term) msgid "Dimension, Ranks, Selection" msgstr "Dimension, rang, valg" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:116(para) msgid "There things are getting complicated! Explanations are necessary to understand how to arrange cell and layers." msgstr "Nu bliver det kompliceret! Forklaring er nødvendig for at forstå, hvordan celler og lag arrangeres." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:120(para) msgid "" "GIMP starts retrieving cells from each layer and stacks them into a FIFO stack (First In First Out: the first in is at the top " "of the stack and so can be first out). In our example 4 layers with 2 cells in each, we'll have, from top to bottom: first cell " "of first layer, second cell of first layer, first cell of second layer, second cell of second layer..., second cell of fourth " "layer. With one cell per layer or with several cells per layer, result is the same. You can see this stack in the Layer Dialog " "of the resulting .gih image file." msgstr "" "GIMP starter med at hente celler fra hvert lag og putter dem i en FIFU-stak (først ind, først ud: den første placeres øverst i " "stakken og ryger dermed også først ud). I vores eksempel med fire lag med to celler i hver får vi (fra top til bund): første " "celle i første lag, anden celle i første lag, første celle i andet lag, …, anden celle i fjerde lag. Med en celle pr. lag eller " "adskillige celler pr. lag er resultatet det samme. Du kan se stakken i .gih-filens " "dialog for lag." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:131(para) msgid "" "Then GIMP creates a computer array from this stack with the Dimensions you have set. You can use four " "dimensions." msgstr "" "Ud fra stakken genererer GIMP et computerarray med de Dimensioner, du har angivet. Du kan bruge fire " "dimensioner." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:136(para) msgid "" "In computer science an array has a myarray(x,y,z) form for a 3 dimensions array (3D). It's easy to imagine a 2D " "array: on a paper it's an array with rows and columns With a 3d array we don't talk rows and columns but " "Dimensions and Ranks. The first dimension is along x axis, the second dimension along " "y axis, the third along z axis. Each dimension has ranks of cells. " msgstr "" "I datalogi har et array formen mitarray(x,y,z) for et tredimensionelt array (3D). Det er let at forestille sig et " "2D-array: på et stykke papir er det en tabel med rækker og kolonner. I et 3D-array taler vi ikke om rækker og " "kolonner, men Dimensioner og Rang. Første dimension er langs x-aksen, anden dimension " "langs y-aksen og tredje dimension langs z-aksen. Et element i et array angives med et indeks for hver dimension. " # De har glemt (2,2,1) #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:156(para) msgid "" "To fill up this array, GIMP starts retrieving cells from the top of stack. The way it fills the array reminds that of an " "odometer: right rank digits turn first and, when they reach their maximum, left rank digits start running. If you have some " "memories of Basic programming you will have, with an array(4,2,2), the following succession: (1,1,1),(1,1,2),(1,2,1),(1,2,2)," "(2,1,1),(2,1,2),(2,2,2),(3,1,1).... (4,2,2). We will see this later in an example." msgstr "" "GIMP starter med at hente celler fra toppen af stakken til at udfylde arrayet med. Arrayet udfyldes på en måde, der minder om en " "kilometertæller: talle til højre drejer først, og når den når sit maksimum, drejer tallet til venstre for. I programmering i " "Basic har man følgende rækkefølge for et (4,2,2)-array: (1,1,1),(1,1,2),(1,2,1),(1,2,2),(2,1,1),(2,1,2),(2,2,1),(2,2,2),(3,1,1), " "…, (4,2,2). Vi vil støde på det igen senere." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:165(para) msgid "" "Besides the rank number that you can give to each dimension, you can also give them a Selection mode. You " "have several modes that will be applied when drawing:" msgstr "" "Udover indekset du giver til hver dimension, kan du også give dem en Valg-tilstand. Du har flere tilstande, " "som vil blive anvendt, når du tegner:" # Disse er ikke oversat i programmet, så jeg lader stå, men tilføjer oversættelse i parentes #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:172(term) msgid "Incremental" msgstr "Incremental (forøgende)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:174(para) msgid "GIMP selects a rank from the concerned dimension according to the order ranks have in that dimension." msgstr "GIMP vælger et indeks fra den pågældend dimension i numerisk orden." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:181(term) msgid "Random" msgstr "Random (tilfældig)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:183(para) msgid "GIMP selects a rank at random from the concerned dimension." msgstr "GIMP vælger et tilfældigt indeks fra den pågældende dimension." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:190(term) msgid "Angular" msgstr "Angular (vinkel)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:192(para) msgid "GIMP selects a rank in the concerned dimension according to the moving angle of the brush." msgstr "GIMP vælger et indeks fra den pågældende dimension i henhold til penslens bevægelsesvinkel." # Denne streng er ikke i manualen til 2.8 og 2.10 #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:203(para) msgid "" "For previous GIMP versions you may have to replace clockwise with counter-clockwise." msgstr "" "I tidligere versioner af GIMP skal du måske erstatte med uret med mod uret." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:196(para) msgid "" "The first rank is for the direction 0°, upwards. The other ranks are affected, clockwise, to an angle whose value is 360/number " "of ranks. So, with 4 ranks in the concerned dimension, the angle will move 90° clockwise for each direction change: second rank " "will be affected to 90° (rightwards), third rank to 180° (downwards) and fourth rank to 270° (-90°) (leftwards)." msgstr "" "Første element svarer til retningen 0°, som betyder opad. Hvert af de følgende øger vinklen trinvis med uret. Hvert trin er 360°/" "antal elementer. Med fire elementer er vinklerne f.eks. 0° (op), 90° (højre), 180° (ned) og 270° (venstre)." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:212(term) msgid "Speed, Pressure, x tilt, y tilt" msgstr "Speed (hastighed), Pressure (tryk), x tilt (x-hældning), y tilt (y-hældning)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:214(para) msgid "These options are for sophisticated drawing tablets." msgstr "Disse indstillinger er til avancerede tegneplader." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:225(title) msgid "Examples" msgstr "Eksempler" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:227(term) msgid "A one dimension image pipe" msgstr "En endimensionel billedrørledning" # cases? #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:229(para) msgid "" "Well! What is all this useful for? We'll see that gradually with examples. You can actually place in each dimension cases that " "will give your brush a particular action." msgstr "" "Hvad kan alt det bruges til? Det vil vi gradvist lære med eksempler. Du kan i hver dimension tilføje handlinger til din pensel." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:234(para) msgid "" "Let us start with a 1D brush which will allow us to study selection modes action. We can imagine it like this: " "Follow these steps:" msgstr "" "Lad os begynde med en 1D-pensel, hvor vi kan studere effekten af de forskellige valg. Vi kan forestille os den som: " " Følg disse trin:" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:246(para) msgid "" "Open a new 30x30 pixels image, RGB with Transparent fill type. Using the Text tool create 4 layers 1, 2, 3, 4. Delete the background layer." msgstr "" "Opret et nyt billede på 30×30 pixels, som er i RGB med gennemsigtig udfyldningstype. Opret med tekstværktøjet fire lag 1, 2, 3, 4. Slet baggrundslaget." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:254(para) msgid "" "Save this image first with .xcf extension to keep its properties then save it as " ".gih." msgstr "" "Gem først billedet med filendelsen .xcf for at bevare dets egenskaber, og eksportér det " "så i formatet .gih." # Det er ikke et billede, men en pensel #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:262(para) msgid "" "The Save As Dialog is opened: select a destination for your image. OK. The GIH dialog is opened: Choose Spacing 100, give a name " "in Description box, 30x30 for Cell Size, 1 dimension, 4 ranks and choose Incremental in Selection box. OK." msgstr "" "Dialogen Eksportér billede åbner. Vælg en placering til penslen og tryk Eksportér. Dialogen Eksportér billede som " "penselrørledning åbner. Sæt mellemrum til 100, skriv en beskrivelse, cellestørrelse 30×30 pixels, dimension 1, rang 4 og " "Incremental (forøgende) under valg. Tryk Eksportér." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:293(para) msgid "You see 1, 2, 3, 4 digits following one another in order." msgstr "Du ser 1, 2, 3, 4 tal efter hinanden i rækkefølge." # Det her går stik imod, hvad der står i streng 17: man skal ikke gemme i systemmappen, men i sin egen mappe. #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:271(para) msgid "" "You may have difficulties to save directly in the GIMP Brush directory. In that case, save the ." "gih file manually into the /usr/share/gimp/gimp/2.0/brushes directory. Then " "come back into the Toolbox, click in the brush icon to open the Brush Dialog then click on Refresh icon button. Your new brush appears " "in the Brush window. Select it. Select pencil tool for instance and click and hold with it on a new image: " msgstr "" "Du kan måske ikke gemme i GIMPs penselmappe /usr/share/gimp/gimp/2.0/brushes, da den " "ofte vil være skrivebeskyttet. På siden Mapper til pensler under Indstillinger " "kan du se stien til din personlige penselmappe; gem din pensel der. Gå tilbage til værktøjskassen og åbndialogen Pensel og klik " "på ikonet Opdatér pensler. Din nye pensel vil optræde i oversigten. Vælg f.eks. værktøjet blyant og klik og hold nede på det nye billede: " "" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:311(para) msgid "Digits will be displayed at random order." msgstr "Tal vises i tilfældig rækkefølge." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:301(para) msgid "" "Take your .xcf image file back and save it as .gih setting Selection to Random: " msgstr "" "Åbn din .xcf-fil igen og eksportér den som .gih, men vælg denne gang Random (tilfældig): " #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:319(para) msgid "Now select Angular Selection: " msgstr "Vælg nu Angular (vinkel): " #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:334(term) msgid "A 3 dimensions image hose" msgstr "En animeret pensel i tre dimensioner" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:336(para) msgid "" "We are now going to create a 3D animated brush: its orientation will vary according to brush direction, it will alternate Left/" "Right hands regularly and its color will vary at random between black and blue." msgstr "" "Vi vil nu oprette en 3D-animeret pensel: Dens orientering vil variere afhængig af penslens retning, der skiftes regelmæssigt " "mellem højre og venstre hånd, og farven vil skifte tilfældigt mellem sort og blå." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:342(para) msgid "" "The first question we have to answer to is the number of images that is necessary. We reserve the first dimension (x) to the " "brush direction (4 directions). The second dimension (y) is for Left/Right alternation and the third dimension (z) for color " "variation. Such a brush is represented in a 3D array myarray(4,2,2): There are 4 ranks in first " "dimension (x), 2 ranks in second dimension (y) and 2 ranks in third dimension (z). We see that there are 4x2x2 = 16 cells. We " "need 16 images." msgstr "" "Først skal vi finde ud af, hvor mange billeder, der kræves. Den første dimension (x) reserveres til penselretningen (fire " "retninger). Den anden dimension er til spejlvending og den tredje dimension (z) til farveskift. Sådan en pensel kan " "repræsenteres ved et 3D-array mitarray(4,2,2): Der er fire elementer langs første dimension (x), " "to langs anden dimension (y) og 2 langs tredje dimension (z). Der er dermed 4×2×2 = 16 celler, og vi har derfor brug for 16 " "billeder." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:359(title) msgid "Creating images of dimension 1 (x)" msgstr "Opret billeder til første dimension (x)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:363(para) msgid "Ok, we are cheating here: our hand is borrowed from ." msgstr "OK, vi snyder lidt og låner hånden fra ." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:360(para) msgid "" "Open a new 30x30 pixels image, RGB with Transparent Fill Type. Using the zoom draw a left hand with fingers upwards." " Save it as handL0k.xcf (hand Left 0° Black)." msgstr "" "Opret et nyt billede på 30×30 pixels, som er i RGB med gennemsigtig udfyldningstype. Zoom ind og tegn en venstre hånd med " "fingrene pegende opad. Gem den som handL0k.xcf (venstre hånd 0° sort)." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:370(para) msgid "Open the Layer Dialog. Double click on the layer to open the Layer Attributes Dialog and rename it to handL0k." msgstr "Åbn dialogen Lag, dobbeltklik på laget for at åbne dialogen Lagegenskaber og omdøb laget til handL0k." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:374(para) msgid "" "Duplicate the layer. Let visible only the duplicated layer, select it and apply a 90° rotation (Layer/Transform/ 90° rotation " "clockwise). Rename it to handL90k." msgstr "" "Duplikér laget. Lad kun det duplikerede lag være synligt, vælg det og udfør en 90°-rotation (LagTransformérRotér 90° med uret. Omdøb laget til handL90k." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:379(para) msgid "Repeat the same operations to create handL180k and handL-90k (or handL270k)." msgstr "Gentag handlingen for at oprette handL180k og handL-90k (eller handL270k)." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:385(title) msgid "Creating images of dimension 2 (y)" msgstr "Opret billeder til anden dimension (y)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:386(para) msgid "" "This dimension in our example has two ranks, one for left hand and the other for right hand. The left hand rank exists yet. We " "shall build right hand images by flipping it horizontally." msgstr "" "I vores eksempel har denne dimension to elementer svarende til venstre og højre hånd. Venstre hånd findes allerede og højre hånd " "laves ved at vende venstre hånd vandret." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:391(para) msgid "" "Duplicate the handL0k layer. Let it visible only and select it. Rename it to handR0K. Apply Layer/Transform/Flip Horizontally." msgstr "" "Duplikér laget handL0k. Lad kun det duplikerede lag være synligt. Vælg det, omdøb det til handR0k og udfør en vandret vending " "(LagTransformérVend vandret." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:395(para) msgid "Repeat the same operation on the other left hand layers to create their right hand equivalent." msgstr "Gentag samme handling med de andre lag indeholdende venstre hånd for at oprette de tilsvarende lag af en højre hånd." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:399(para) msgid "" "Re-order layers to have a clockwise rotation from top to bottom, alternating Left and Right: handL0k, handR0k, handL90k, " "handR90k, ..., handR-90k." msgstr "" "Ændr lagenes rækkefølge, så der er en drejning i urets retning fra øverst til nederst med skiftende venstre og højre hånd: " "handL0k, handR0k, handL90k, handR90k, …, handR-90k." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:406(title) msgid "Creating images of dimension 3 (z)" msgstr "Opret billeder til tredje dimension (y)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:407(para) msgid "" "Creating images of dimension 3 (z): The third dimension has two ranks, one for black color and the other " "for blue color. The first rank, black, exists yet. We well see that images of dimension 3 will be a copy, in blue, of the images " "of dimension 2. So we will have our 16 images. But a row of 16 layers is not easy to manage: we will use layers with two images." msgstr "" "Opret billeder til tredje dimension (y): Den tredje dimension har to elementer svarende til sort og blå. " "Første element (sort) findes allerede. Billeder i tredje dimension vil være en blå kopi af billederne i anden dimension, så vi i " "alt vil have 16 billeder. Men en række på 16 lag er ikke nem at håndtere, så vi vil bruge lag med to billeder." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:416(para) msgid "Select the handL0k layer and let it visible only. Using Image/Canvas Size change canvas size to 60x30 pixels." msgstr "" "Vælg laget handL0k og lad kun det være synligt. Klik BilledeLærredsstørrelse … og ændr lærredsstørrelsen til 60×30 pixels." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:420(para) msgid "Duplicate hand0k layer. On the copy, fill the hand with blue using Bucket Fill tool." msgstr "Duplikér laget handL0k. Udfyld kopiens hånd med blå farve med værktøjet spandudfyldning." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:424(para) msgid "" "Now, select the Move tool. Double click on it to accede to its properties: check Move the Current Layer " "option. Move the blue hand into the right part of the layer precisely with the help of Zoom." msgstr "" "Vælg værktøjet flytning og markér i dets indstillinger Flyt det aktive lag. Flyt den blå hånd til højre " "side af laget; brug Zoom til at gøre det præcist." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:430(para) msgid "" "Make sure only handL0k and its blue copy are visible. Right click on the Layer Dialog: Apply the Merge Visible " "Layers command with the option Expand as Necessary. You get a 60x30 pixels layer with the " "black hand on the left and the blue hand on the right. Rename it to handsL0." msgstr "" "Sørg for, at kun handL0k og den blå kopi er synlige. Højreklik i dialogen Lag, vælg Forén synlige lag … og markér Udvidet om nødvendigt. Det resulterer i et lag på 60×30pixels med den sorte hånd til " "venstre og den blå hånd til højre. Omdøb laget til handsL0." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:438(para) msgid "Repeat the same operations on the other layers." msgstr "Gentag handlingerne på de andre lag." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:443(title) msgid "Set layers in order" msgstr "Anbring lagene i rækkefølge" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:444(para) msgid "" "Layers must be set in order so that GIMP can find the required image at some point of using the brush. Our layers are yet in " "order but we must understand more generally how to have them in order.There are two ways to imagine this setting in order. The " "first method is mathematical: GIMP divides the 16 layers first by 4; that gives 4 groups of 4 layers for the first dimension. " "Each group represents a direction of the brush. Then, it divides each group by 2; that gives 8 groups of 2 layers for the second " "dimension: each group represents a L/R alternation. Then another division by 2 for the third dimension to represent a color at " "random between black and blue." msgstr "" "Lagene skal anbringes i rækkefølge, så GIMP kan finde det ønskede billede på et givent tidspunkt under brug af penslen. Vores " "lag er i rækkefølge, men vi må mere generelt forstå rækkefølgen af dem. Der er to måder at forestille sig denne anbringen i " "rækkefølge. Den første metode er matematisk: GIMP dividerer først lagene med fire, hvilket giver fire grupper med fire lag i den " "første dimension. Hver gruppe repræsenterer en retning af penslen. Derefter divideres hver gruppe med to, hvilket giver otte " "grupper, som hver repræsenterer en spejlvending, med to lag i den anden dimension. Endelig divideres tredje dimension med to for " "at repræsentere farven, der skifter tilfældigt mellem sort og blå." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:458(para) msgid "" "The other method is visual, by using the array representation. Correlation between two methods is represented in next image: " "" msgstr "" "Den anden metode er visuel med brug af arrayrepræsentationen. Sammenhængen mellem de to metoder vises i billedet nedenfor: " "" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:468(para) msgid "" "How will GIMP read this array?: GIMP starts with the first dimension which is programmed for " "angular, for instance 90°. In this 90° rank, in yellow, in the second dimension, it selects a L/R alternation, in " "an incremental way. Then, in the third dimension, in a random way, it chooses a color. Finally, our layers must " "be in the following order: " msgstr "" "Hvordan vil GIMP læse arrayet?: GIMP begynder med den første dimension, som repræsenterer angular " "(vinklen), f.eks. 90°. I rangen 90° (i gul) i den anden dimension vælges et højre-venstreskift på en incremental " "(forøgende) måde. Derefter vælges i tredje dimension tilfældigt en farve. Vores lag skal være i nedenstående rækkefølge: " "" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:485(para) msgid "" "Voilà. Your brush is ready. Save it as .xcf first, then as .gih with the following parameters:" msgstr "" "Voilà. Din pensel er færdig. Gem den først som .xcf og eksportér den derefter som " ".gih med følgende parametre:" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:493(para) msgid "Spacing: 100" msgstr "Mellemrum: 100" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:496(para) msgid "Description: Hands" msgstr "Beskrivelse: Hænder" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:499(para) msgid "Cell Size: 30x30" msgstr "Cellestørrelse: 30×30" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:502(para) msgid "Number of cells: 16" msgstr "Antal celler: 16" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:505(para) msgid "Dimensions: 3" msgstr "Dimensioner: 3" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:508(para) msgid "Dimension 1: 4 ranks Selection: Angular" msgstr "Dimension 1: 4 elementer, Valg: Angular (vinkel)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:511(para) msgid "Dimension 2: 2 ranks Selection: Incremental" msgstr "Dimension 2: 2 elementer, Valg: Incremental (forøgende)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:514(para) msgid "Dimension 3: 2 ranks Selection: Random" msgstr "Dimension 3: 2 elementer, Valg: Random (tilfældig)" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:519(para) msgid "" "Place your .gih file into GIMP brush directory and refresh the brush " "box. You can now use your brush." msgstr "" "Placér din .gih-fil i din personlige penselmappe og opdatér penseloversigten. Du kan nu " "bruge din pensel." #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:525(title) msgid "Here is the result by stroking an elliptical selection with the brush:" msgstr "Her er resultatet af at optegne en elliptisk markering med penslen:" #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:535(para) msgid "" "This brush alternates right hand and left hand regularly, black and blue color at random, direction according to four brush " "directions." msgstr "" "Penslen skifter regelmæssigt mellem højre og venstre hånd, tilfældigt mellem sort og blå og retning i henhold til de fire " "retninger for penslen." #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 #: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:0(None) msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Alan Mortensen, 2019, 2023.\n" "\n" "Dansk-gruppen\n" "Websted http://dansk-gruppen.dk\n" "E-mail "